m.tech biomedical signal processing and instrumentation academic
Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
-
Upload
kiranapatil -
Category
Documents
-
view
219 -
download
0
Transcript of Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
![Page 1: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 1/509
Biomedical
Signal
Processing
Lecture 0
INTRODUCTIONDr.R.B.Ghongade
Department of E&TC
Vishwakarma Institute of Information Technology, Pune
INDIA
![Page 2: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 2/509
Syllabus1)Introduction: cell structure, basic cell function, origin of bio
‐potentials,
electric activity of cells.
2)Bio‐transducers: Physiological parameters and suitable transducers for its
measurements, operating principles and specifications for the transducers to
measure parameters like blood flow, blood pressure, electrode sensor,temperature, displacement transducers.
3)Cardiovascular system: Heart structure, cardiac cycle, ECG
(electrocardiogram) theory (B.D.), PCG (phonocardiogram).EEG, X‐Ray,
Sonography, CT‐Scan, The nature of biomedical signals.
4)Analog signal processing of Bio‐signals, Amplifiers, Transient Protection,
Interference Reduction, Movement Artifact Circuits, Active filters, Rate
Measurement. Averaging and Integrator Circuits, Transient Protection
circuits.
5)Introduction to time‐frequency representations
‐ e.g. short
‐time Fourier
transform, spectrogram , wavelet signal decomposition.
6)Biomedical applications: Fourier, Laplace and z‐transforms,
autocorrelation, cross‐correlation, power spectral density.
7)Different sources of noise, Noise removal and signal compensation.
8)Software based medical signal detection and pattern recognition.
![Page 3: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 3/509
Texts/References
1. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation,secondedition,R S Khandpur,TMH Publication,2003
2. E. N. Bruce, Biomedical signal processing and
signal modelling, New York: John Wiley, 2001.
3. Wills J. Tompkins, biomedical digital signalprocessing, PHI.
4. M.Akay, Time frequency and wavelets in
biomedical signal processing, Piscataway, NJ:
IEEE Press, 1998.5. Biomedical instrumentation and measurements
by Cromwell, 2nd edition, Pearson education.
![Page 4: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 4/509
Additional
Texts/References
1. Jaakko Malmivuo; Robert Plonsey; “Bioelectromagnetism :
Principles and
Applications
of
Bioelectric
and
Biomagnetic
Fields”, Oxford University Press
2. Antoun Khawaja ; “Automatic ECG Analysis using Principal
Component Analysis and Wavelet Transformation”, Karlsruhe
Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 2006
3. John L. Semmlow; “Biosignal and Biomedical Image Processing:
MATLAB‐Based Applications”, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 2004
4. Rezaul Begg; Joarder Kamruzzaman; Ruhul Sarker; “Neural
networks in healthcare: potential and challenges”, Idea Group
Publishing, 2006
5. Lief Sornmo; Pablo Laguna; “Bioelectrical Signal Processing in
Cardiac and Neurological Applications”, Elsevier, 2005, First
Edition
![Page 5: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 5/509
Lecture Plan
Lecture 1: Introduction to Biomedical Instrumentation and safety
considerations
Lecture 2: Bio‐potentials
Lecture 3:
Bio
‐electrodes
and
Physical
Measurements
Lecture 4a: Cardiovascular System
Lecture 4b:Phonocardiography, EEG
Lecture 5: X‐Ray Imaging , Computed Tomography , Diagnostic Ultrasound
ImagingLecture 6: Analog Signal Processing of Bio‐signals (NO PPT)
Lecture 7: Digital signal processing of Biosignals
Lecture 8: Software based medical signal detection and pattern recognition –
Case Study (NO PPT)
![Page 6: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 6/509
Assignments
PART I
Assig. 1: Survey of Bio‐medical sensors
Assig.2: Design and simulation of instrumentation amplifier
Assig.3: Design and simulation of Active Filters
PART II
Assig.4: MATLAB
exercise
( basic
operations,
commands…)
Assig.5: ECG Signal processing using FFT and Wavelets
Assig. 6:ECG Pattern classification
![Page 7: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 7/509
Lecture 1PART I:Introduction to Biomedical
Instrumentation
PART II: Safety considerations
Dr.R.B.Ghongade
Department of E&TC,
V.I.I.T., Pune‐411048
![Page 8: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 8/509
Bio‐medical Instrumentation
• A medical device is
– “any item promoted for a medical purpose that does not rely on chemical action to achieve its intended effect”
• Difference from any conventional instrument – source of signals is living tissue
– energy is applied to the living tissue
• How does this impact design requirements? – Reliability, Reliability, Reliability !!!
![Page 9: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 9/509
Timeline of major inventions
![Page 10: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 10/509
Generalized instrumentation system
![Page 11: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 11/509
• Physical quantity, property or condition that the
system measures
• Types of measurands
• Internal –Blood pressure
• Body surface –ECG or EEG potentials
•
Peripheral –Infrared radiation• Offline –Extract tissue sample, blood or biopsy
• Categories of measurands
• Bio‐potential, pressure, flow, dimensions
(imaging), displacement (velocity, acceleration
and force), impedance, temperature and
chemical concentration
Measurand
![Page 12: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 12/509
![Page 13: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 13/509
![Page 14: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 14/509
![Page 15: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 15/509
Sensor• A sensor converts physical measurand to an
electrical output
• Sensor requirements
• Selective – should respond to a specific form
of energy in the measurand
• Minimally invasive – should not affect the
response of the living tissue
• Most important types of sensors in biomedical
systems• displacement
• pressure
![Page 16: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 16/509
Signal Conditioning
• Signal Conditioning: Amplification and filtering
of the signal acquired from the sensor to make it suitable for processing/display
• General categories
• Analog, digital or mixed‐signal• Time domain processing
• Frequency domain processing
•
Spatial domain processing
![Page 17: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 17/509
Operational Modes•
Direct vs. Indirect• Direct mode: measure desired measurand directly
• if the sensor is invasive, direct contact with the
measurand is possible but expensive, risky and least
acceptable• Indirect mode: measure a quantity that is accessible and
related to the desired measurand
• assumption: the relationship between the measurands is
already known
• often chosen when the measurand requires invasive
procedures to measure directly
•
Example indirect mode• Cardiac output (volume of blood pumped per minute by the
heart)can be determined from measurement of respiration,
blood gas concentration & dye dilution
• Organ morphology can be determined from x‐ray shadows
![Page 18: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 18/509
Operational Modes
• Sampling vs. Continuous mode• Sampling: for slow varying measurands that are sensed
infrequently like body temperature & ion concentrations
• Continuous: for critical measurements requiring constant monitoring like electro‐cardiogram and respiratory gas
flow
• Generating vs. Modulating• Generating: also known as self ‐powered mode derive
their operational energy from the measurand itself
• Example: piezoelectric sensors, solar cells
•
Modulating: measurand modulates the electrical signal which is supplied externally modulation affects output of
the sensor
• Example: photoconductive or piezoresistive sensor
![Page 19: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 19/509
Measurement Constraints• Other than device functionality, the signal to be measured
imposes constraints on how it should be acquired and
processed
• Measurement and frequency ranges
• Most medical measurands are typically much lower than
conventional sensing parameters (microvolts, mm Hg, low frequency)
• Interference and cross‐talk
• Not possible to isolate effects of other measurands
• Cannot measure EEG without interference from EMG
• Placement of sensors and compensation/calibration
process play a key role in any bio‐instrumentation design
![Page 20: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 20/509
Measurement Constraints• Measurement variability is inherent at molecular, organ and body level
• Primary cause
• interaction between different physiological systems
•
existence of numerous feedback loops whose properties are poorly understood
• Therefore evaluation of biomedical devices rely on probabilistic/statistical
methods (biostatistics)
• SAFETY
• Due to interaction of sensor with living tissue, safety is a primary
consideration in all phases of the design & testing process the
damage caused could be irreversible
• In many cases, safe levels of energy is difficult to establish
• Safety of medical personnel also must be considered
• Operator constraints
• Reliable, easy to operate, rugged and durable
![Page 21: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 21/509
Classification of biomedical instruments• Quantity being sensed
• pressure, flow or temperature
• makes comparison of different technologies easy
• Principle of transduction
• resistive, inductive, capacitive, ultrasonic or
electrochemical
•
makes development of new applications easy• Organ systems
• cardiovascular, pulmonary, nervous, endocrine
• isolates all important measurements for specialists
who need to know about a specific area• Clinical specialties
• pediatrics, obstetrics, cardiology or radiology
• easy for medical personnel interested in specialized
equipment.
![Page 22: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 22/509
Measurement Input Sources• Desired inputs
• measurands that the instrument is
designed to isolate
• Interfering inputs
• quantities that inadvertently affect the
instrument as a consequence of the
principles used to acquire and process
the desired inputs
• Modifying inputs
• undesired quantities that indirectly
affect the output by altering the
performance of the instrument itself
• ECG example
• Desired input – ECG voltage
• Interfering input – 50 Hz noise voltage,
displacement currents
• Modifying input – orientation of the patient
cables
• when the plane of the cable is
perpendicular to the magnetic
field the magnetic interference is
maximal
• Interfering inputs generally not
correlated to measurand
• often easy to remove/cancel
• Modifying inputs may be correlated to
the measurand• more difficult to remove
![Page 23: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 23/509
Design Criteria and Process
![Page 24: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 24/509
Regulation of Medical Devices• Regulatory division of medical devices: class I, II and III
• more regulation for devices that pose greater risk
• Class I (General controls)
• Manufacturers are required to perform registration,
premarketing notification, record keeping, labeling,
reporting of adverse experiences and good
manufacturing practices• Class II (Performance standards)
• 800 standards needed to be met!
• Class III (Premarketing approval )
• Manufacturers have to prove the safety of these devices prior to market release
• Implanted devices (pacemakers etc.) are typically
designated class III
• Investigational devices are typically exempt
![Page 25: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 25/509
Compensation Techniques
• Compensation: elimination or reduction of interfering and
modifying inputs
•
Techniques• Altering the design of essential instrument components
• simple to implement
• Adding new components to offset the undesired inputs
• Methods• Reduce sensitivity to interfering and modifying inputs
• Example: use twisted cables and reduce number of
electrical loops
• Signal Filtering• temporal, frequency and spatial separation of signal
from noise
![Page 26: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 26/509
Compensation: Negative Feedback• When modifying input cannot be avoided, negative feedback is used
to make the output less dependent on the transfer function of the
device
• Feedback devices must be accurate and linear
![Page 27: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 27/509
Feedback
![Page 28: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 28/509
Other Compensation Techniques
• Opposing inputs or noise cancellation• When interfering and modifying inputs
cannot be filtered • additional inputs can be used to cancel
undesired output components• similar to differential signal representation
![Page 29: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 29/509
Biostatistics• Used to design experiments and clinical
studies:• To summarize, explore, analyze and present data
• To draw inferences from data by estimation or by
hypothesis testing
• To evaluate diagnostic procedures
• To assist clinical decision making
• Medical research studies can be classified as:• Observational studies: Characteristics of one or more
groups of patients are observed and recorded.
• Experimental intervention studies: Effect of a medical
procedure or treatment is investigated.
![Page 30: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 30/509
Biostatistics Studies• Observational studies – case‐series studies
• Case‐control studies
• use of individuals selected because they have some
outcome or disease
• then look backward to determine possible causes
• Cross‐sectional studies:• Analyze characteristics of patients at one particular time
to determine the status of a disease or condition.
• Cohort observational studies:•
A particular characteristics is a precursor for an outcome or disease
• Controlled studies:• If procedures compared to the outcome for patients
given a placebo or other accepted treatment
![Page 31: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 31/509
Biostatistics Studies II
• Concurrent control:• Patients are selected in the same way and for the same
duration
• Double‐blind study:• Randomized selection of patients to treatment options
to minimize investigator or patient bias
![Page 32: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 32/509
Biostatistics: Data Analysis• Distributions of data reflect the values of a variable /
characteristic and frequency of occurrence of those values
•
Mean: (X )average of N values (arithmetic or geometric mean)
• Median: middle of ranked values
• Mode: most frequent value
![Page 33: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 33/509
Biostatistics: Data Analysis
• Standard deviation:(s) spread of data
• 75% of values lie between
• Coefficient of Variation: (CV)
•
permits comparison of different scales
• Percentile
• Percentage of distribution that is less than or
equal to the percentile number
![Page 34: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 34/509
More Biostatistics• Correlation coefficient(r)
• Measure of the relationship
between two numerical variables
for paired observations
• values between +1 and ‐1 (+1means strong correlation)
• Estimation and Hypothesis Testing
• Confidence intervals• indicates the degree of confidence that data contains the true mean
• Hypothesis testing
• reveals whether the sample gives enough evidence for us to reject the
null hypothesis(statement expressing the opposite of what we think is
true)
• P‐value:
• how often the observed difference would occur by chance alone
![Page 35: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 35/509
More Biostatistics• Methods for measuring the accuracy of a diagnostic
procedure:
• Sensitivity: probability of the test yielding positive results in patients who actually have the disease
• opposite: false‐negative rate
• Specificity: probability of the test yielding negative results in patients
who do not have the disease
• opposite: false‐positive rate
![Page 36: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 36/509
Instrument Characterization• Enable comparison of available instruments
• Permit evaluation of new instrument designs
• Generalized static characteristics• Static characteristics:
• performance of instruments for dc or very low
frequency inputs
• some sensors respond only to time‐varying inputs and
have no static characteristics
•
Dynamic characteristics:• require temporal relationships to describe the quality
of measurements
![Page 37: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 37/509
Static Characteristics• Accuracy
• Difference between the true value and the measured value
normalized by the magnitude of the true value• Several ways to express accuracy
• most popular is in terms of percentage of full‐scale
measurement
•
Precision• Expresses number of distinguishable alternatives from which a given
result is selected
• High‐precision does not mean high accuracy.
•
Resolution• Smallest incremental quantity that can be measured with certainty
• Reproducibility• Ability of an instrument to give the same output for equal inputs
applied over some period of time
![Page 38: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 38/509
Statistical Control and Static Sensitivity
• Measurement conditions have to take into account randomness introduced by
environmental conditions
• If the source of variation can not be removed, then use averaging
• Statistic sensitivity (dc‐gain)
• To perform calibration between output and input
• For linear calibration
•
A static calibration is performed by holding all inputs (desired, interfering, and modifying) constant except one
• This one input is varied incrementally over
the normal operating range, resulting in a
range of incremental outputs.
• The static sensitivity of an instrument or system is the ratio of the incremental
output quantity to the incremental input
quantity
![Page 39: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 39/509
Static Characteristics• Zero drift (offset error)
• When all measurements
increases or decrease by the
same absolute amount
• Causes: manufacturing
misalignment, variations in
ambient temperature,
hysteresis vibration, shock, dc‐
offset voltage at electrodes
• Sensitivity drift (gain error)• When the slope of the
calibration curve changes as a
result of interfering or
modifying input• Causes: manuf acturing
tolerances, variations in power
supply, non‐linearity
• Example: ECG amplifier gain changes
due to dc power‐supply variation
![Page 40: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 40/509
Linearity• Linearity: A system that demonstrates superposition principle
• Measure of linearity:a) maximal deviation of points from the regression line
expressed as percentage of the full‐range or
b) harmonic distortion measure.
![Page 41: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 41/509
More Static Characteristics• Input ranges
• Constraints on linearity imposes an operational range for the input
parameters
• Input range is also applicable to interfering inputs (used for shielding of instruments)
• Input impedance(Z)• Measures the degree to which instruments
disturb the quantity being measured
• effort variable: examples voltage, pressure,
force
• flow variable: examples current, flow, velocity
• when measuring effort variables, input impedance
should very large
• when measuring flow variables, input impedance
should very small
![Page 42: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 42/509
Dynamic Characteristics• Quantify response of medical equipment with respect to
time‐varying inputs
• Many engineering instruments can be described by ordinary
linear differential equations
• Most practical instruments have a first or second order
response
• Practical evaluation of a system
• Apply input as a unit‐step function, sinusoidal function or
white noise
![Page 43: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 43/509
Dynamic Characteristics• Operational transfer function:
• Frequency response of a system
• For a sinusoidal input
• the output is a sinusoid with different magnitude and
phase
• Magnitude:
•
Phase:
![Page 44: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 44/509
Zero‐order Instrument
• Linear
potentiometer is an
example of a zero
order instrument
• In practice, at high
frequencies
parasitic
capacitance and
inductance will
cause distortion
![Page 45: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 45/509
First‐order Instrument
• First‐order instrument contains a single energy‐storage
element
• Static sensitivity (dc‐gain):
• Time‐constant of the system:
• A frequency transfer function is given by
![Page 46: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 46/509
First‐order Instrument
![Page 47: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 47/509
Second‐order Instrument• Second‐order instrument contains a minimum of two
energy‐storage element
• Static sensitivity (dc‐gain):
• Un‐damped natural frequency:
• Damping ratio:
![Page 48: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 48/509
Second‐order Instrument
![Page 49: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 49/509
Medical Instrument Electrical Safety
![Page 50: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 50/509
Significance of safety• Tens of thousands device related patient
injuries in U.S every year.• Even a single harmful event can lead to
significant damage in terms of reputation and
legal action.
• Different level of protection required as
compared to household equipment.• Minimum performance standards introduced
in 1980s –relatively new practice.
Ph i l i l Eff t f El t i it
![Page 51: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 51/509
Physiological Effects of Electricity
• Experiments from 160lb human with 60Hz current
![Page 52: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 52/509
Susceptibility Parameters
• Mean “threshold of perception”
– 1.1mA for men
– 0.7mA for women
• Minimum threshold of perception 500 μA
– 80 μA with gel electrodes(reduces skin impedance)
• Mean “let‐go current”
– 16.5 mA for men
– 10.5 mA for women
• Let‐go current vs. frequency
– Minimal let‐go current occurs at commercial power‐line frequencies of
50‐60 Hz
![Page 53: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 53/509
From experiments performed by Charles Dalziel (1940 to 1950
![Page 54: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 54/509
Susceptibility Factors• Shock (stimulation) duration
– Fibrillation current is inversely proportional to the shock pulse duration
– longer pulses ‐>lower current does damage
• Body weight – Fibrillation current increases with body weight
•
50 mA RMS for 6 Kg dogs• 130 mA RMS for 24 Kg dogs
• Points of entry – Skin impedance varies: 15 kΩ to 1 MΩ
• Resistive barrier that limits current flow
– Tissue (beneath skin) has low impedance
Macro vs Micro Shock
![Page 55: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 55/509
Macro vs. Micro Shock • Macroshock
– externally applied current
– spreads through the body so less concentrated
• Microshock
– applied current is concentrated at an invasive point
– accepted safety limit is only 10 μA
– generally only dangerous if current flows through the heart
Macroshock Hazards
![Page 56: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 56/509
Macroshock Hazards• Most probable cause of death due to macroshock
– ventricular fibrillation
• Factors
– skin/body resistance
– design of electrical equipment
• Skin and body resistance
– dry skin has high resistance (~15k‐1M ohm)
• limits current through body
• wet/broken skin has low resistance (~1% that of dry skin)
– internal body resistance
– ~200 ohm for each limb
–
~100 ohm for trunk of body – resistance between two limbs = ~500 ohm
• procedures that bypass skin resistance can be dangerous
• example: gel electrodes, surgery, oral/rectal thermometers
Microshock Hazards
![Page 57: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 57/509
Microshock Hazards
• Main causes
– leakage currents in line‐operated equipment
• undesired currents through insolated conductors at different
potentials – differences in voltage between grounded conductive surfaces
• Leakage currents
– if low resistance ground is available ‐>no problem
– if ground is broken ‐>current flows through patient
![Page 58: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 58/509
Conductive Paths• Direct connection to an internal organ (during
measurement or surgery) makes patients susceptible
to mircoshock – External electrodes of temporary cardiac pacemakers
– Electrodes for intra‐cardiac measuring devices
– Liquid filled catheters placed in the heart• liquid filled catheters have much greater resistance than
electrodes
• Worst ! danger! – currents flowing through the heart
• Electrode current density – experiments suggest smaller electrode are more dangerous
![Page 59: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 59/509
Power Distribution • Electrical power system in Healthcare Facility
– must control available power (fuse/breaker to set max current)
– must provide good ground
– Patient’s Electrical Environment –Grounding
– NEC code: max potential between two surfaces
• general care areas: 500mV under normal operation
• critical care areas: 40mV under normal operation
• Isolated Power Systems – Ground fault
• short circuit between hot conductor and ground
• injects large current into grounding system
•
can create hazardous potentials on grounded surfaces – Isolation transformer
• isolates conductors against ground faults
• may include ground fault monitor/alarm
Ground Loops
![Page 60: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 60/509
Ground Loops• Differences in ground
potential: major source of
microshock
– all intensive care units must
have single ground for each
patient isolated from
hospital ground
– 40mV limit on potential of
any conductive surfaces
• Example: current due to
ground loop flows through
patient
Electrical Isolation
![Page 61: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 61/509
Electrical Isolation
• Isolation amplifiers – devices that break ohmic continuity of
electric signals between input and
output of the amplifier
– different supply voltage sources and different grounds on each side of the
barrier
• Barrier isolation
–
transformer, optical or capacitive isolation
• no current across barrier
• Implants
–
proper insulation required to prevent
![Page 62: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 62/509
Review questions1. Draw the block diagram of a typical biomedical
instrumentation system.
2. Enlist the design criteria for biomedical instrumentation
system.
3. Classify biomedical instruments.
4. Enlist various physiological processes/parameters and their ranges.
5. What do you mean by “biostatistics”?
6. What are the characteristics of a biomedical instrumentation system?
7. Comment on the safety aspects of a biomedical system.
![Page 63: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 63/509
Next Class Bio‐potentials
(It has a lot of potential!)
![Page 64: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 64/509
Lecture 2
Bio‐
potentials
Dr.R.B.Ghongade
Department
of
E&TC,V.I.I.T., Pune‐411048
Cells
![Page 65: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 65/509
• Cell‐the basic unit of living tissue
• Specialized in their anatomy and physiology to perform different
tasks
• All cells exhibit a voltage difference across the cell membrane.
• Nerve cells and muscle cells are excitable• Their cell membrane can produce electrochemical impulses and
conduct them along the membrane.
• In muscle cells, this electric phenomenon is also associated with the
contraction of the cell
• In other cells, such as gland cells, it is believed that the membrane
voltage is important to the execution of cell function
• The
origin
of
the
membrane
voltage
is
the
same
in
nerve
cells
as
in
muscle cells.
• In both cell types, the membrane generates an impulse as a
consequence of excitation.
• This impulse propagates in both cell types in the same manner
![Page 66: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 66/509
Structure of Nerve Cell
![Page 67: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 67/509
• The body of a nerve cell is similar to that of all other cells.• The cell body generally includes the nucleus, mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum,
ribosomes, and other organelles.
• Nerve cells are about 70 ‐ 80% water; the dry material is about 80% protein and 20% lipid.
• The cell volume varies between 600 and 70,000 µm³
• The short processes of the cell body, the dendrites, receive impulses from other cells andtransfer them to the cell body (afferent signals).
• The effect of these impulses may be excitatory or inhibitory .
• A neuron may receive impulses from tens or even hundreds of thousands of neurons
• The long nerve fiber, the axon, transfers the signal from the cell body to another nerve or to a
muscle cell
• Mammalian axons are usually about 1 ‐ 20 µm in diameter.
• Some axons in larger animals may be several meters in length.
• The axon may be covered with an insulating layer called the myelin sheath, which is formed
by Schwann cells (named for the German physiologist Theodor Schwann, 1810‐1882, who
first observed the myelin sheath in 1838).
• The myelin sheath is not continuous but divided into sections, separated at regular intervals
by the nodes of Ranvier (named for the French anatomist Louis Antoine Ranvier, 1834‐1922,
who observed them in 1878).
The Cell Membrane
![Page 68: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 68/509
• The
cell
is
enclosed
by
a
cell
membrane
whose
thickness
is
about
7.5 ‐
10.0
nm• Its structure and composition resemble a soap‐bubble film , since one of its major
constituents, fatty acids, has that appearance
• The fatty acids that constitute most of the cell membrane are called
phosphoglycerides
• A phosphoglyceride consists of phosphoric acid and fatty acids called glycerides
• The head of this molecule, the phosphoglyceride, is hydrophilic (attracted to
water)
• The fatty acids have tails consisting of hydrocarbon chains which are hydrophobic
(repelled
by
water)• If fatty acid molecules are placed in water, they form little clumps, with the acid
heads that are attracted to water on the outside, and the hydrocarbon tails that
are repelled by water on the inside.
The Cell Membrane
![Page 69: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 69/509
• If these molecules are very carefully placed on a water surface, they orient themselves so that all acid heads are in the water and all hydrocarbon tails protrude from it.
• If another layer of molecules were added and more water put on top, the
hydrocarbon tails would line up with those from the first layer, to form a double
(two molecules thick) layer.
• The acid heads would protrude into the water on each side and the hydrocarbons would fill the space between.
• This bilayer is the basic structure of the cell membrane.
• From the bioelectric viewpoint, the ionic channels constitute an important part of the cell membrane
• These are macromolecular pores through which sodium, potassium, and chloride
ions flow through the membrane.
• The flow of these ions forms the basis of bioelectric phenomena.
The Cell Membrane
![Page 70: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 70/509
• The construction of a cell membrane• The main constituents are two lipid layers, with the hydrophobic tails pointing inside the
membrane (away from the aqueous intracellular and interstitial mediums).
• The macromolecular pores in the cell membrane form the ionic channels through which
sodium, potassium, and chloride molecules flow through the membrane and generate the
bioelectric phenomena
The Synapse• The junction between an axon and the next cell with which it communicates is called the
![Page 71: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 71/509
j
synapse.• Information proceeds from the cell body uni‐directionally over the synapse, first along
the axon and then across the synapse to the next nerve or muscle cell.
• The part of the synapse that is on the side of the axon is called the presynaptic terminal ;
that part on the side of the adjacent cell is called the postsynaptic terminal
• Between these terminals, there
exists a gap, the synaptic cleft, with a
thickness of 10 ‐ 50 nm
• The fact that the impulse transfers
across the synapse only in onedirection, from the presynaptic
terminal to the postsynaptic
terminal, is due to the release of a
chemical transmitter by the
presynaptic cell• This transmitter, when released,
activates the postsynaptic terminal
• The synapse between a motor nerve and the muscle it innervates is called the
neuromuscular junction
Muscle Cell
![Page 72: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 72/509
Muscle Cell
• Three types of muscles in the body
– smooth muscle
– striated muscle (skeletal muscle)
– cardiac muscle
• Smooth
muscles
• They are involuntary (i.e., they cannot be controlled voluntarily)
cells have a variable length but are in the order of 0.1 mm exist, for
example, in the digestive tract, in the wall of the trachea, uterus,
and bladder
• The contraction of smooth muscle is controlled from the brain
through the autonomic nervous system
• Striated muscles
– also called skeletal muscles because of their anatomical location, are formed from a
large number of muscle fibers, that range in length from 1 to 40 mm and in diameter
![Page 73: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 73/509
from 0.01 to 0.1 mm.
– Each fiber forms a (muscle) cell and is distinguished by the presence of alternating dark
and light bands.
– The striated muscle fiber corresponds to an (unmyelinated) nerve fiber but is
distinguished electrophysiologically from nerve by the presence of a periodic transverse
tubular system (TTS), a complex structure that, in effect, continues the surface
membrane into the interior of the muscle.
– Propagation of the impulse over the surface membrane continues radially into the fiber
via the TTS, and forms the trigger of myofibrillar contraction.
– The presence of the TTS affects conduction of the muscle fiber so that it differs
(although only slightly) from propagation on an (unmyelinated) nerve fiber.
– Striated muscles are connected to the bones via tendons.
– Such muscles are voluntary and form an essential part of the organ of support and
motion.
• Cardiac muscle
– also striated, but differs in other ways from skeletal muscle
– Not only is it involuntary, but also when excited, it generates a much longer electric
impulse than does skeletal muscle, lasting about 300 ms
– Correspondingly, the mechanical contraction also lasts longer
– cardiac muscle has a special property: The electric activity of one muscle cell spreads to
all other surrounding muscle cells, owing to an elaborate system of intercellular
junctions.
Structure of Muscle Cell
![Page 74: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 74/509
Structure of Muscle Cell
Bio‐potentials
![Page 75: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 75/509
Bio potentials
• Certain systems of the body create their own "monitoring"
signals, which convey useful information regarding the
functions they represent.
• These signals are the Bio‐ potentials “BP” associated with the
conduction along the sensory and motor nervous system,
muscular contractions, brain activity, heart contractions, etc.
• These potentials are a result of the electrochemical activity
occurring in certain classes of cells within the body
Excitable
Cells.
• Measurements of these Bio‐potentials can provide clinicians
with invaluable diagnostic information
Bio‐potentials
![Page 76: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 76/509
• From the biological cell, electrical potentials are generated due to the
electrolytes inside and outside of the cell
• A bioelectric potential may be defined as the difference in potential
between the inside and the outside of a cell; there exists a difference in
potential
existing
across
the
cell
wall
or
membrane.• A cell consists of an ionic conductor separated from the outside
environment by a semi permeable or selectively permeable cell
membrane
• Human
cells
may
vary
from
1
micron
to
100
microns
in
diameter,
from
1
millimeter to 1 meter in length and have a typical membrane thickness of
100 Angstrom units
• Bioelectricity is studied both from the viewpoint of the source of electrical
energy within the cell and also from the viewpoint of the laws of
electrolytic current flow relative to the remote ionic fields produced
currents by the cell.
• We make measurements external to a group of cells while these cells are
supplying electrolytic current flow.
Cell Potential Genesis
![Page 77: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 77/509
Cell Potential Genesis• Experimental investigations with microelectrodes have shown
that the internal resting potential within a cell is ‐60 mV to ‐90
mV (typically ‐ 70 mV) with reference to the outside of the cell
• By convention, the outside is defined as 0mV (ground)
• This potential changes to approximately + 20 mV for a short
period during cell depolarisation
• Cell activity results from some form of stimulation
Cell Membrane Potentials
![Page 78: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 78/509
• Cell membranes in
general,
and
membranes
of
nerve
cells
in
particular,
maintain a small voltage or "potential" across the membrane in its normal
or resting state.
• In the rest state, the inside of the nerve cell membrane is negative with
respect to the outside (typically about ‐70 millivolts).
• The voltage arises from differences in concentration of the electrolyte
ions K+ and Na+.
• There is a process which utilizes ATP (adenosine triphosphate ‐ Active
transport of ions against an established electrochemical gradient ) to
pump out three Na+ ions and pump in two K+ ions. The collective action of
these mechanisms leaves the interior of the membrane about ‐70 mV with
respect to the outside.
• If the equilibrium of the nerve cell is disturbed by the arrival of a suitable
stimulus dynamic changes in the membrane potential in response to
the stimulus is called an Action Potential.
• After the action potential the mechanisms described above bring the cell
membrane back to its resting state
Excitable Cells
![Page 79: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 79/509
• Excitable cells are a class of cells that produce bioelectric
potentials as a result of electrochemical activity.
• At any given time, these cells can exist in one of two states,
resting and active.
• Chemical
and
electrical
stimuli
can
force
an
excitable
cell
from
the resting to the active state.
• While there are numerous ionic species present both inside
and
outside
the
cell,
only
three
ions
(for
which
the
cell
membrane in its resting state is permeable) play a key role in
the behavior of these cells: K+, Na+ and Cl‐.
Resting Potential, Ionic Concentrations, and Channels
![Page 80: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 80/509
• The neuron cell membrane is approximately 10nm thick and, because it consists of a lipid
bilayer (i.e., two plates separated by an insulator), has capacitive properties.
• The extracellular fluid is composed of primarily Na+ and Cl‐, and the intracellular fluid
(cytoplasm) is composed of primarily K+ and A‐
• The large organic anions (A) are primarily amino acids and proteins and do not cross the
membrane.• Almost without exception, ions cannot pass through the cell membrane except through a
channel
• Channels allow ions to pass through the membrane, are selective, and are
either passive or active
![Page 81: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 81/509
• Passive channels are always open and are ion specific
• A particular channel allows only one ion type to pass through the
membrane and prevents all other ions from crossing the membrane
through that channel.
• Passive channels exist for Cl‐, K+, and Na+
• Active channels, or gates, are either opened or closed in
![Page 82: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 82/509
response
to
an
external
electrical
or
chemical
stimulation.• The active channels are also selective and allow only specific
ions to pass through the membrane.
• Typically, active gates open in response to neurotransmitters
and an appropriate change in membrane potential.
Active State
![Page 83: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 83/509
• If adequately stimulated , either electrically or chemically, the excitable cell will enter into the active
state.
• The trans‐membrane potential varies with time and
position within the cell in this state, and is called an
action
potential .• The following sequence of events occurs when the
cell enters the active state:
₋ The chemical or electrical stimuli increases the
permeability of the membrane to Na+
₋ Na+ rushes into the cell due to the large concentration
gradient.
Active State (cont.)
![Page 84: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 84/509
• These positively charged ions entering the cell cause the
trans‐membrane potential to become less negative, and
eventually slightly positive
• This change is often referred to as a depolarization• A short time ( tenths of microseconds) later the membrane’s
permeability to K + increases, which results in an outflow of K+
• The outflow of K + causes the trans‐membrane potential to
decrease
• This decrease in potential causes the membrane’s permeability to both Na +, and eventually K +, to decrease to
their resting levels
• There is only a relatively small (immeasurable) net flow of ions across the membrane during an action potential.
• The Na‐K pump restores the concentrations (pumps Na out
and K in) of the ions to their resting levels.
• The result of the transition from the resting to the
active state is the Action Potential
![Page 85: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 85/509
• In response to the appropriate stimulus, the cell
membrane of a nerve cell goes through a sequence of
depolarization from its rest state to the active state
followed by repolarization to the rest state once again
• The cell membrane actually reverses its normal polarity
for
a
brief
period
before
re‐
establishing
the
rest
potential
• The action potential sequence is essential for neural
communication.• The simplest action in response to thought requires
many such action potentials for its communication and
performance
![Page 86: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 86/509
![Page 87: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 87/509
![Page 88: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 88/509
![Page 89: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 89/509
![Page 90: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 90/509
![Page 91: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 91/509
![Page 92: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 92/509
![Page 93: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 93/509
![Page 94: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 94/509
![Page 95: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 95/509
The process summary
![Page 96: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 96/509
1. A stimulus is received by the dendrites of a nerve cell. This causes the Na+
channels to open. If the opening is sufficient to drive the interior potential from ‐70 mV up to ‐55 mV, the process continues.
2. Having reached the action threshold, more Na+ channels (sometimes called
voltage‐gated channels) open The Na+ influx drives the interior of the cell membrane up to about +30 mV. The process to this point is called
DEPOLARIZATION.
3. The Na+ channels close and the K+ channels open. Having both Na+ and K+
channels open at the same time would drive the system toward neutrality
and prevent the creation of the action potential.
4. With the K+ channels open, the membrane begins to REPOLARIZE back
toward its rest potential.
5. The repolarization typically overshoots the rest potential to about ‐90 mV.
This
is
called
hyperpolarization. Hyperpolarization prevents
the
neuron
from
receiving another stimulus during this time.
6. After hyperpolarization, the Na+/K+ pumps eventually bring the membrane
back to its resting state of ‐70 mV .
![Page 97: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 97/509
Absolute & Relative Refractory Period
ARP & RRP• During the initial portion of the Action potential
![Page 98: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 98/509
• During the initial portion of the Action potential
membrane does not respond Absolute refractory
period
• During the Relative Refractory Period “RRP” the action
potential takes action
• The refractory period limits the frequency of a
repetitive excitation procedure
₋ e.g. ARP=1ms → upper limit of repetitive discharge
< 1000 impulses/s
Absolute & Relative Refractory Period
ARP & RRP (cont.)
![Page 99: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 99/509
v : action pot.
Nernst equil. Pot for Na
Nernst equil. Pot for K
Electrical Circuit Model of Nerve Membrane
![Page 100: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 100/509
Alan Hodgkin and Andrew Huxley Neural Model
Nobel
Prize
in
1963
Bioelectric phenomena
![Page 101: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 101/509
Lecture 3
![Page 102: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 102/509
Lecture 3Bio‐transducers
Part I: Bio‐ElectrodesPart II: Physical Measurements
Dr.R.B.Ghongade
Department of E&TC,
V.I.I.T., Pune‐411048
Introduction
![Page 103: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 103/509
• Biomedical sensors are used routinely in clinical medicine and biological research for measuring a
wide range of physiological variables• Often called biomedical transducers and are the
main building blocks of diagnostic medical instrumentation
• Used in vivo to perform continuous invasive and noninvasive monitoring of critical physiological variables
• Also used in vitro to help clinicians in various diagnostic procedures
• Some sensors are used primarily in clinical
laboratories to measure in vitro physiological
![Page 104: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 104/509
laboratories to measure in vitro physiologicalquantities such as electrolytes, enzymes, and other biochemical metabolites in blood
• Other biomedical sensors for measuring pressure, flow, and the concentrations of
gases such as oxygen and carbon dioxide are used in vivo to follow continuously (monitor) the condition of a patient
Requirements of Biomedical Sensors• Stringent requirements
![Page 105: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 105/509
g q• Assess in vitro the
– accuracy, –
operating range – response time – Sensitivity – Resolution –
Reproducibility• Later, depending on the intended application, similar in
vivo tests may be required to confirm the specifications of the sensor and to assure that the measurement remains – Sensitive – Stable – Safe – cost‐effective
Sensor Classifications
![Page 106: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 106/509
• Physical sensors – Geometric – Mechanical – Thermal – Hydraulic – Electric – Optical
• Chemical sensors – Gas – Electrochemical – Photometric – Other physical chemical methods – Bioanalytic
Sensor Classifications• Classified according to the quantity to be measured and are
typically categorized as physical, electrical, or chemical
![Page 107: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 107/509
yp y g p y , ,depending on their specific applications
• Biosensors are a special sub‐classification of biomedical
sensors• They have two distinct components:
– a biological recognition element such as a purified enzyme, antibody, or receptor, (which functions as a mediator and provides the selectivity
that
is
needed
to
sense
the
chemical
component (usually referred to as the analyte) of interest)
– a supporting structure, which also acts as a transducer and is in intimate contact with the biological component. (The purpose of the
transducer
is
to
convert
the
biochemical
reaction
into
the
form
of
an
optical,
electrical,
or
physical
signal
that
is
proportional
to
the
concentration
of
a
specific
chemical)
Another way of classifying biomedical transducers!
•
One can also look at biomedical sensors from the standpoint of their applications
![Page 108: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 108/509
pp
• These can be generally divided according to whether a sensor is used for
– diagnostic
– therapeutic *purposes
• Sensors for clinical studies such as those carried out in the
clinical chemistry laboratory must be standardized in such a way that errors that could result in an incorrect diagnosis or inappropriate therapy are kept to an absolute minimum
• These sensors must not only be reliable themselves, but appropriate methods must exist for testing the sensors that are a part of the routine use of the sensors for making biomedical measurements
*Having or exhibiting healing powers
One more way of classifying biomedical transducers!
![Page 109: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 109/509
• Standpoint of how they are applied to the patient or research subject
– Non‐contacting (noninvasive)
– Skin surface (contacting)
–
Indwelling (minimally invasive) – Implantable (invasive)
![Page 110: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 110/509
Part I: Bio‐Electrodes
BIOPOTENTIAL MEASUREMENTS
![Page 111: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 111/509
• Biopotential measurements are made using different kinds of specialized electrodes
• The function of these electrodes is to couple the ionic potentials generated inside the body
to an electronic instrument• Biopotential electrodes are classified either as
– noninvasive (skin surface)
– invasive (e.g., microelectrodes or wire electrodes)
Bioelectric Signals Sensed by Biopotential Electrodesand Their Sources
![Page 112: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 112/509
The Electrolyte/Metal Electrode
Interface
![Page 113: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 113/509
• A metal when placed in an electrolyte (i.e., anionizable) solution, develops a charge distribution
is created next to the metal/electrolyte interface
• This localized charge distribution causes an electric potential, called a half ‐cell potential , to be developed across the
interface between the metal and the electrolyte solution
![Page 114: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 114/509
• Biopotential measurements are made by utilizing two similar electrodes composed of the same metal.
•
Therefore, the two half ‐cell potentials for these electrodes would be equal in magnitude.
![Page 115: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 115/509
• For example, two similar biopotential electrodes can be taped to the chest near the heart to measure the electrical potentials generated by the heart (electrocardiogram, or ECG)
• Ideally, assuming that the skin‐to‐electrode interfaces are electrically identical , the differential amplifier attached to these two electrodes would amplify the biopotential (ECG) signal but the half ‐cell potentials would be canceled out
• In practice disparity in electrode material or skin contact resistance could cause a significant DC of fset voltage that would cause a current to flow through the two electrodes.
• This current will produce a voltage drop across the body
• The offset voltage will appear superimposed at the output of the amplifier and may cause instability or base line drift in the recorded biopotential
Electrode – Electrolyte InterfaceGeneral Ionic Equations
a)
![Page 116: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 116/509
a) If electrode has same material as cation, then this material gets oxidized and enters the electrolyte as a cation and electrons remain at the electrode and flow in the external circuit.
b) If anion can be oxidized at the electrode to form a neutral atom, one or two electrons are given to the electrode.
a)
b)
Current flow from electrode to electrolyte : Oxidation (Loss of e‐)Current flow from electrolyte to electrode : Reduction (Gain of e‐)
The dominating reaction can be inferred from the following :
Half Cell Potential
A characteristic potential difference established by the electrode and its
![Page 117: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 117/509
c a acte st c pote t a d e e ce estab s ed by t e e ect ode a d tssurrounding electrolyte which depends on the metal, concentration of ions in solution and temperature (and some second order factors) .
Half cell potential cannot be measured without a second electrode.
The half cell potential of the standard hydrogen electrode has been
arbitrarily set to zero. Other half cell potentials are expressed as a potential difference with this electrode.
Reason for Half Cell Potential : Charge Separation at Interface
Oxidation or reduction reactions at the electrode‐electrolyte interface lead to a double‐
charge layer, similar to that which exists along electrically active biological cell membranes.
Measuring Half Cell Potential
![Page 118: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 118/509
Note: Electrode material is metal + salt or polymer selective membrane
Polarization
If there is a current between the electrode and electrolyte, the observed half cell i l i f l d d l i i
![Page 119: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 119/509
potential is often altered due to polarization.
OverpotentialDifference between observed and zero‐current half cell
potentials
Resistance
Current changes resistance of electrolyte and thus, a voltage drop results.
Concentration
Changes in distributionof ions at the electrode‐
electrolyte interface
ActivationThe activation energy
barrier depends on the direction of current and
determines kinetics
Note: Polarization and impedance of the electrode are two of the most important electrode properties to consider.
Nernst Equation
When two aqueous ionic solutions of different concentration are separated by an ion‐selective semi‐permeable membrane an electric potential exists across the membrane
![Page 120: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 120/509
selective semi permeable membrane, an electric potential exists across the membrane.
For the general oxidation‐reduction reaction
The Nernst equation for half cell potential is
where E0 : Standard Half Cell Potential E : Half Cell Potential
a : Ionic Activity (generally same as concentration)
n : Number of valence electrons involved
Note: interested in ionic activity at the electrode
(but note temp dependence
Polarizable and Non-Polarizable
Electrodes
Use for recording
![Page 121: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 121/509
Perfectly Polarizable Electrodes
These are electrodes in which no actual charge crosses the electrode‐electrolyte interface when a current is applied. The current across the interface is a displacement current and the electrode behaves like a capacitor. Example : Ag/AgCl Electrode
Perfectly Non‐Polarizable Electrode
These are electrodes where current passes freely across the electrode‐electrolyte interface, requiring no energy to make the transition. These electrodes see no overpotentials. Example : Platinum electrode
Example: Ag‐AgCl is used in recording while Pt is use in stimulation
Use for stimulation
Ag/AgCl Electrode
Relevant ionic equations
![Page 122: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 122/509
Ag
+
Cl
‐
Cl2 Governing Nernst Equation
Solubility
product of AgCl
Fabrication of Ag/AgCl electrodes1. Electrolytic deposition of AgCl
2. Sintering process forming pellet electrodes
Equivalent Circuit
![Page 123: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 123/509
Cd : capacitance of electrode‐eletrolyte interfaceRd : resistance of electrode‐eletrolyte interface
Rs : resistance of electrode lead wireEcell : cell potential for electrode
Frequency Response
Corner frequencyRd+Rs
Rs
Electrode Skin Interface
Ehe
![Page 124: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 124/509
Sweat glandsand ducts
Electrode
Epidermis
Dermis andsubcutaneous layer
Ru
Rs
RdCd
Gel
Re
Ese EP
RPCPCe
Stratum Corneum
Skin impedance for 1cm2 patch:200kΩ @1Hz
200 Ω @ 1MHz
Alter skin
transport (or deliver drugs) by:
Pores produced by
laser, ultrasound or by iontophoresis
100
100
Nerve endings Capillary
Motion Artifact
Why
![Page 125: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 125/509
When the electrode moves with respect to the electrolyte, the distribution of the double layer of charge on polarizable electrode interface changes. This changes the half
cell potential temporarily.
What
If a pair of electrodes is in an electrolyte and one moves with respect to the other, a potential difference appears across the electrodes known as the motion artifact.
This is a source of noise and interference in biopotential measurements
Motion artifact is minimal for non‐polarizable electrodes
Body Surface Recording ElectrodesElectrode metal
Electrolyte
![Page 126: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 126/509
1. Metal Plate Electrodes (historic)
2. Suction Electrodes
(historic interest)
3. Floating Electrodes
4. Flexible Electrodes
Think of the
construction of electrosurgical electrode
And, how does
electro‐surgery work?
Commonly Used Biopotential Electrodes
M t l l t l t d
![Page 127: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 127/509
Metal plate electrodes
– Large surface: Ancient,
therefore still used, ECG
– Metal disk with stainless steel;
platinum or gold coated
–
EMG, EEG – smaller diameters
– motion artifacts
– Disposable foam-pad: Cheap!
(a) Metal‐plate electrode used for application to limbs. (b) Metal‐disk electrode applied with surgical tape. (c)Disposable foam‐pad electrodes, often used with ECG
Commonly Used Biopotential
ElectrodesSuction electrodes
![Page 128: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 128/509
Suction electrodes
‐ No straps or adhesives required‐ precordial (chest) ECG‐ can only be used for short periods
Floating electrodes
‐ metal disk is recessed‐ swimming in the electrolyte gel‐ not in contact with the skin
‐ reduces motion artifact
Suction Electrode
Insulatingpackage
Metal disk
Commonly Used Biopotential
Electrodes
![Page 129: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 129/509
Double‐sided
Adhesive‐tapering Electrolyte gel
in recess
(a) (b)
(c)
Snap coated with Ag‐AgCl External snap
Plastic cup
Tack
Plastic disk
Foam padCapillary loops
Dead cellular material
Germinating layer
Gel‐coated sponge
Floating Electrodes
Reusable
Disposable
Commonly Used Biopotential Electrodes
![Page 130: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 130/509
(a) Carbon‐filled silicone rubber electrode. (b) Flexible thin‐film neonatal electrode.(c) Cross‐sectional view of the thin‐film
electrode in (b).
Flexible electrodes
‐ Body contours are often irregular
‐ Regularly shaped rigid electrodesmay not always work.‐ Special case : infants ‐ Material : ‐ Polymer or nylon with silver
‐ Carbon filled silicon rubber(Mylar film)
Internal Electrodes
Needle and wire electrodes for
![Page 131: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 131/509
percutaneous measurement of biopotentials
(a) Insulated needle electrode. (b) Coaxial needle electrode. (c) Bipolar coaxial electrode.
(d) Fine‐wire electrode connected to hypodermic needle, before being inserted.
(e) Cross‐sectional view of skin
and muscle, showing coiled fine‐wire electrode in place.
Biopotential microelectrodes:(a) capillary glass microelectrode(b) insulated metal microelectrode
(c) solid‐state multisite recording microelectrode
![Page 132: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 132/509
Fetal ECG Electrodes
![Page 133: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 133/509
Electrodes for detecting fetal electrocardiogram during labor, by means of intracutaneous needles (a) Suction electrode. (b) Cross‐sectional view of suction electrode in place, showing penetration of probe through epidermis. (c) Helical electrode, which is attached to fetal skin by corkscrew type action.
Electrode Arrays
ContactsInsulated leads
Ag/AgCl electrodes
Ag/AgCl electrodesContacts
![Page 134: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 134/509
Examples of microfabricated electrode arrays. (a) One‐dimensional plunge electrode array, (b) Two‐dimensional array, and (c) Three‐dimensional array
(b)
Base
BaseInsulated leads
(a)
(c)
Tines
Base
Exposed tip
Microelectrodes
Why
M t ti l diff ll b
![Page 135: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 135/509
Measure potential difference across cell membrane
Requirements – Small enough to be placed into cell
– Strong enough to penetrate cell membrane
–
Typical tip diameter: 0.05 – 10 micronsTypes
– Solid metal -> Tungsten microelectrodes
– Supported metal (metal contained within/outside glass needle)
– Glass micropipette -> with Ag-AgCl electrode metal
Intracellular
Extracellular
Metal Microelectrodes
C
![Page 136: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 136/509
Extracellular recording – typically in brain where you are interested in recording the firing of neurons (spikes).
Use metal electrode+insulation ‐> goes to high impedance amplifier…negative capacitance amplifier!
Microns!
R
Metal Supported Microelectrodes
![Page 137: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 137/509
(a) Metal inside glass (b) Glass inside metal
Glass Micropipetteheat
pull
Ag‐AgCl wire+3M
KCl has very low junction potential and hence very accurate for dc
measurements (e.g. action potential)
![Page 138: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 138/509
A glass micropipet electrode filled with an electrolytic solution (a) Section of fine‐bore glass capillary.
(b) Capillary narrowed through heating and stretching. (c) Final structure of glass‐pipet microelectrode.
Intracellular recording – typically for recording from cells, such as cardiac myocyteNeed high impedance amplifier…negative capacitance amplifier!
Fill with intracellular fluid or 3M KCl
Electrical Properties of
MicroelectrodesMetal Microelectrode
![Page 139: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 139/509
Metal microelectrode with tip placed within cell
Equivalent circuitsUse metal electrode+insulation ‐> goes to high impedance amplifier…negative capacitance amplifier!
Electrical Properties of Glass Intracellular
Microelectrodes
Glass Micropipette Microelectrode
![Page 140: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 140/509
Stimulating Electrodes
– Cannot be modeled as a series resistance and capacitance (there is no single useful model)
Features
![Page 141: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 141/509
(there is no single useful model) – The body/electrode has a highly nonlinear response to
stimulation – Large currents can cause
– Cavitation – Cell damage – Heating
Types of stimulating electrodes
1. Pacing
2. Ablation3. Defibrillation
Platinum electrodes:Applications: neural stimulation
Modern day Pt‐Ir and other exotic metal combinations to reduce polarization, improve conductance and long life/biocompatibility
Steel electrodes for pacemakers and defibrillators
Intraocular Stimulation Electrodes
![Page 142: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 142/509
Microelectronic technology
for MicroelectrodesBonding pads
SiO2 insulatedAu probes
Exposed
Insulatedlead vias
![Page 143: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 143/509
Si substrateExposed tips
Lead viaChannels
Electrode
Silicon probe
Silicon chip
Miniatureinsulatingchamber
Contactmetal film
Hole
Silicon probe
electrodes
(b)
(d)
(a)
(c)
Different types of microelectrodes fabricated using microfabrication/MEMS technology
Beam‐lead multiple electrode. Multielectrode silicon probe
Multiple‐chamber electrode Peripheral‐nerve electrode
• Ensure that all parts of a metal electrode that will touch the
electrolyte
are
made
of
the
same
metal.
– Dissimilar metals have different half ‐cell potentials making an electrically unstable, noisy junction.
– If the lead wire is a different metal, be sure that it is well insulated.
Practical Hints in Using ElectrodesPractical Hints in Using Electrodes
![Page 144: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 144/509
If the lead wire is a different metal, be sure that it is well insulated.
– Do not let a solder junction touch the electrolyte. If the junction must touch the electrolyte, fabricate the junction by welding or mechanical clamping or crimping.
• For differential measurements, use the same material for each electrode.
– If the half ‐cell potentials are nearly equal, they will cancel and minimize the saturation effects of high‐gain, dc coupled amplifiers.
• Electrodes attached to the skin frequently fall off.
– Use very flexible lead wires arranged in a manner to minimize the force
exerted on the electrode. – Tape the flexible wire to the skin a short distance from the electrode,
making this a stress‐relief point.
Practical Hints in Using ElectrodesPractical Hints in Using Electrodes
• A common failure point in the site at which the lead wire is attached to the
electrode. – Repeated flexing can break the wire inside its insulation.
– Prove strain relief by creating a gradual mechanical transition between the wire and the electrode.
![Page 145: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 145/509
– Use a tapered region of insulation that gradually increases in diameter from that
of the wire towards that of the electrode as one gets closer and closer to the electrode.
• Match the lead‐wire insulation to the specific application.
– If the lead wires and their junctions to the electrode are soaked in extracellular fluid or a cleaning solution for long periods of time, water and other solvents can
penetrate the polymeric coating and reduce the effective resistance, making the lead wire become part of the electrode.
– Such an electrode captures other signals introducing unwanted noise.
• Match your amplifier design to the signal source.
– Be sure that your amplifier circuit has an input impedance that is much greater than the source impedance of the electrodes.
![Page 146: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 146/509
Part II: Physical Measurements
Primary Transducers
• Conventional Transducers – large, but generally reliable, based on older technology
![Page 147: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 147/509
• thermocouple: temperature difference• compass (magnetic): direction
• Microelectronic Sensors• millimeter sized, highly sensitive, less robust
– photodiode/phototransistor: photon energy (light)• infrared detectors, proximity/intrusion alarms
– piezoresisitve pressure sensor: air/fluid pressure – microaccelerometers: vibration, Δ‐velocity (car crash)
– chemical sensors: O2, CO2, Cl, Nitrates (explosives)
– DNA arrays: match DNA sequences
Direct vs. Indirect Measurement
• Direct Measurement: – When sensor directly measures parameter of interest
![Page 148: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 148/509
–
Example, displacement sensor measuring diameter of blood vessel
• Indirect Measurement: – When sensor measures a parameter that can be
translated into the parameter of interest – Example, displacement sensor measuring movement
of a microphone diaphragm to quantify blood movement through the heart
Physical Variables and Sensors
![Page 149: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 149/509
Displacement Measurements
• Many biomedical parameters rely on measurements of size, shape, and position of organs, tissue, etc.– require displacement sensors
![Page 150: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 150/509
– require displacement sensors
• Examples(direct) diameter of blood vessel – (indirect) movement of a microphone diaphragm to quantify
blood movement through the heart
• Primary Transducer Types – Resistive Sensors (Potentiometers & Strain Gages) – Inductive Sensors – Capacitive Sensors – Piezoelectric Sensors
Displacement Sensors
![Page 151: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 151/509
Variable Resistance Sensor(Potentiometer)• A potentiometer is a resistive‐type transducer that converts either
linear or angular displacement into an output voltage by moving a
sliding contact along the surface of a resistive element
• Potentiometers produce output potential (voltage) change in response to input ( d l ) h
![Page 152: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 152/509
(e.g., displacement) changes• typically formed with resistive
elements e.g. carbon/metal film• ΔV = I ΔR
• produce linear output in response to
displacement• Example potentiometric displacement
sensors• Translational: small (~mm) linear
displacements• Vo increases as xi increases
• Single‐Turn: small (10‐50º) rotational displacements
• Vo increases as φ increases
xi
• Strain gauges are displacement‐type transducers that measure changes in the length of an object as a result of an applied force
• These transducers produce a resistance change that is proportional to the fractional change in the length of the object also called strain
Variable Resistance Sensor(Strain Gauge)
![Page 153: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 153/509
fractional change in the length of the object, also called strain• The relative sensitivity of this device is given by its gauge factor, γ
Where ΔR is the change in resistance when the structure is stretched by an amount Δl
(a)Bonded‐type strain gauge transducer
![Page 154: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 154/509
(b) Resistive strain gauge (un‐bonded type) blood pressure transducer
Strain gauges on a cantilever structure to provide temperature compensation
(a) cross‐sectionalview of the cantilever
![Page 155: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 155/509
(b) placement of the strain gauges in a half bridge or full bridge for temperature compensation and enhanced sensitivity
Liquid metal strain gauge• Instead of using a solid electric conductor such as the wire or metal foil,
mercury confined to a compliant, thin wall, narrow bore elastomeric tube
is used – The compliance of this strain gauge is determined by the elastic
properties of the tube
– Since only the elastic limit of the tube is of concern this sensor can be
![Page 156: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 156/509
Since only the elastic limit of the tube is of concern, this sensor can be
used to detect much larger displacements than conventional strain gauges
– Its sensitivity is roughly the same as a foil or wire strain gauge, but it is not as reliable
• Elastic‐resistance strain gages are extensively used in biomedical applications, especially in cardiovascular and respiratory dimensional and plethysmographic (volume‐measuring) determinations
• Elastic strain gage is typically linear with 1% for 10% of maximal extension thus, strain gages are only good measuring small displacements
Mercury‐in‐rubber strain‐gage plethysmography
![Page 157: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 157/509
(a) Four‐lead gage applied to human calf (b) Bridge output for venous‐occlusion plethysmography(c) Bridge output for arterial‐pulse plethysmography
Semiconductor strain gauge
– These devices are frequently made out of pieces of silicon with strain gauge patterns formed using
![Page 158: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 158/509
semiconductor microelectronic technology. – The principal advantage of these devices is that
their gauge factors can be more than 50 times
greater than that of the solid and liquid metal devices
![Page 159: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 159/509
Strain Gauge:
Materials
![Page 160: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 160/509
• G for semiconductor materials ~ 50‐70 x that of metals due to stronger piezo‐resistive effect
• semiconductors have much higher TCR, requires temperature compensation in strain gauge
Disposable blood‐pressure sensor
![Page 161: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 161/509
• Made of clear plastic so that air bubbles can be seen• Saline flows from intravenous bag through clear IV tube and the sensor to
the patient• This flushes blood out of the tip of the catheter to prevent clotting•
A lever can open or close the flush valve• The silicon chip has silicon diaphragm with four‐resistor Wheatstone bridge
diffused to it• Its is isolated electrically by a silicone elastomer gel
Inductive Sensors
• An inductance L can be used to measure displacement by varying any three of the coil
![Page 162: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 162/509
parameters:
where
n = number of turns of coilG= geometric form factorµ = effective permeability of the
medium
• Each of these parameters can be changed by mechanical means
Inductive displacement sensors
![Page 163: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 163/509
(a) self ‐inductance, (b) mutual inductance, (c) differential transformer
LVDT
• The linear variable differentialtransformer (LVDT) is widely used inphysiological research and clinicalmedicine to measure pressure,
![Page 164: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 164/509
displacement, and force• The LVDT is composed of a primary coil
and two secondary coils connected inseries
• The coupling between these two coils ischanged by the motion of a high‐permeability alloy slug between them
• The two secondary coils are connectedin opposition in order to achieve awider region of linearity
• The primary coil is sinusoidally excited,with a frequency between 60 Hz and 20kHz.
• The alternating magnetic field induces nearly equal voltages and in the secondary coils
• The output voltage = ‐
• When the slug is symmetrically placed, the two secondary voltages are equal and the output signal is zero
• Linear variable differential transformer characteristics
![Page 165: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 165/509
include linearity• over a large range, a change of phase by 180° when the
core passes through the center position, and saturation on the ends
• Specifications of commercially available LVDTs include sensitivities on the order of 0.5 to 2 mV for a displacement of 0.01 mm/V of primary voltage, full‐scale displacement of 0.1 to 250 mm, and linearity of 0.25%
•
Sensitivity for LVDTs is much higher than that for strain gauges
(a) As moves through the null position, the phase changes 180°,while the magnitude of is proportional to the
![Page 166: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 166/509
magnitude of (b) An ordinary rectifier demodulator cannot distinguish between (a) and (b), so a phase‐sensitive
demodulator is required
Electromagnetic blood‐flow transducer
• Blood flow through an exposed vessel can
be measured by means of an electromagnetic flow transducer
• Consider a blood vessel of diameter filled with blood flowing with a uniform velocity
![Page 167: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 167/509
• Blood vessel is placed in a uniform
magnetic field that is perpendicular to the direction of blood flow
• Negatively charged anion and positively charged cation particles in the blood will
experience a force that is normal to both the magnetic field and blood flow
directions )
• where q is the elementary charge (1.6 x 10 C)
• These charged particles will be deflected in opposite directions and will move along the diameter of the blood vessels according to the direction of the force
vector
• This movement will produce an opposing force
which is equal to
![Page 168: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 168/509
• where is the net electrical field produced by the displacement of the charged particles and is the potential
produced across the blood vessel• At equilibrium, these two forces will be equal, hence the
potential difference is given by
• is proportional to the velocity of blood through the vessel
Electromagnetic flowmeter
![Page 169: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 169/509
Capacitive Sensors• The capacitance between two parallel plates of area A separated by
distance is
Where is the dielectric constant of free space and is the relative dielectric constant of the insulator
….(1)
![Page 170: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 170/509
• The sensitivity K of a capacitive sensor to changes in plate separation is found by differentiating (1)
Note that the sensitivity increases as the plate separation decreases
• The percent change in C about any neutral point is equal to the per‐unit change in for small displacements is
Capacitance sensor for measuring dynamic displacementchanges and pressure
![Page 171: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 171/509
• Compliant plastics of different dielectric constants may
be placed between foil layers to form a capacitive mat to be placed on a bed
• Patient movement generates charge, which is amplified and filtered to display respiratory movements from the
lungs and ballistographic movements from the heart
Piezoelectric Sensors
• Piezoelectric sensors are used to measure physiological displacements and record heart sounds
• Piezoelectric materials generate an electric potential when
![Page 172: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 172/509
mechanically strained, and conversely an electric potential can cause physical deformation of the material• The principle of operation : when an asymmetrical crystal
lattice is distorted, a charge reorientation takes place, causing a relative displacement of negative and positive charges
• The displaced internal charges induce surface charges of opposite polarity on opposite sides of the crystal
• Surface charge can be determined by measuring the difference in voltage between electrodes attached to the surfaces
• Assume infinite leakage resistance, the total induced charge is directly proportional to the applied force
Where is the piezoelectric constant, /
• The change in voltage can be found by assuming that the
![Page 173: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 173/509
system acts like a parallel‐plate capacitor where the voltage across the capacitor is charge divided by capacitance
• Typical values for are 2.3 pC/N for quartz and 140 pC/N for barium titanate
• For a piezoelectric sensor of 1 cm area and 1 mm thickness
with an applied force due to a 10 g weight, the output voltage v is 0.23 mV and 14 mV for the quartz and barium titanatecrystals, respectively
• There are various modes of operation of piezoelectric sensors, depending on the material and the crystallographic orientation of the plate
• These modes include the thickness or longitudinal compression, transversal compression, thickness‐shear action, and face‐shear action
•
Al il bl i l t il i fil h
![Page 174: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 174/509
Also available are piezoelectric polymeric films, such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)
• These films are very thin, lightweight and pliant(easily flexed or bent), and they can be cut easily
and adapted to uneven surfaces
(a) Equivalent circuit of piezoelectric sensor, where Rs = sensor leakage resistance, Cs =
sensor capacitance, Cc = cable capacitance, Ca = amplifier input capacitance, Ra = amplifier input resistance, and q = charge generator
(b) Modified equivalent circuit with current generator replacing charge generator
Temperature Measurements
• Temperature is extremely important to human physiology
l l i di f
![Page 175: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 175/509
– example: low temperature can indicate onset of problems, e.g., stroke
– example: high temperature can indicate infection
• Temperature sensitive enzymes and proteins can be destroyed by adverse temperatures
•
Temperature measurement and regulation is critical in many treatment plans
Temperature Sensor Options• Thermoelectric Devices
– most common type is called Thermocouple – can be made small enough to place inside catheters or hypodermic needles
• Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTDs) – metal resistance changes with temperature
– Platinum, Nickel, Copper metals are typically used
ff
![Page 176: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 176/509
– positive temperature coefficients
• Thermistors(“thermally sensitive resistor”) – formed from semiconductor materials, not metals
– often composite of a ceramic and a metallic oxide (Mn, Co, Cu or Fe)
– typically have negative temperature coefficients
• Radiant Temperature Sensors – photon energy changes with temperature
– measured optically (by photo detector)
• Integrated Circuit(IC) Temperature
Sensors
– various temperature effects in silicon manipulated by circuits
– proportional to absolute temperature (PTAT) circuit: Si bandgap=
Properties of Temperature Sensors
![Page 177: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 177/509
Metallic Resistance Thermometers
• The electric resistance of a piece of metal or wire generally increases as the temperature of that electric conductor increases
• A linear approximation to this relationship is given by
![Page 178: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 178/509
• A linear approximation to this relationship is given by
Where
is the resistance at temperature
, is the temperature coefficient of resistance, and is the temperature at which the resistance is being measured
• It is important to make sure that the electronic circuit does
not pass a large current through the resistance thermometer to provide self ‐heating due to the Joule conversion of electric energy to heat
Temperature Coefficient of Resistance for Common Metals and Alloys
![Page 179: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 179/509
Thermocouples• Thermoelectric thermometry is based on the discovery of
Seebeck – dissimilar metals at diff. temps. ‐>signal
– electromotive force (emf) is established by the contact of two dissimilar metals at different temperatures
• Empirical calibration data are usually curve fitted with a
![Page 180: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 180/509
Empirical calibration data are usually curve fitted with a power series expansion that yields the Seebeck voltage
…
where is in degrees Celsius and the reference junction is maintained at 0°
• Thermocouple features:• rugged and good for very high temperatures• not as accurate as other Temp sensors (also non‐linear and drift)
Thermocouple Circuits
![Page 181: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 181/509
(a) Peltier emf
(b)The first law, homogeneous
circuits, states that in a circuit composed of a single homogeneous metal, one cannot maintain an
electric current by the application of heat alone
• In (b) the net emf at c–d is the same as in (a), regardless of the fact that a temperature distribution (T3) exists along one of the wires (A)
![Page 182: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 182/509
• The second law, intermediate metals, states that the
net emf in a circuit consisting of an interconnection of a number of unlike metals, maintained at the same
temperature, is
zero
• The practical implication of this principle is that lead wires may be attached to the thermocouple without
affecting the accuracy of the measured emf, provided that the newly formed junctions are at the same temperature
![Page 183: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 183/509
• The third law, successive or intermediate temperatures, is illustrated in (d), where emf E1 is generated when two dissimilar metals have junctions at
temperatures T1 and T2 and emf E2 results for temperatures T2 and T3.• It follows that an emf E1 + E2 results at c–d when the junctions are at
temperatures T1 and T3• This principle makes it possible for calibration curves derived for a given
reference‐ junction temperature to be used to determine the calibration
curves for another reference temperature
• The thermoelectric sensitivity α (also called the thermoelectric power or the Seebeck coefficient) is
⋯
![Page 184: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 184/509
• Using thermocouple with cold junction compensator LT1025
Common Thermocouples
![Page 185: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 185/509
Thermistors
• Heavily used in biomedical applications
– base resistivity: 0.1 to 100 ohm‐meters
– can be made very small ~500um diameter
![Page 186: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 186/509
can be made very small, 500um diameter – large sensitivity to temperature (3‐4% / ºC)
– excellent long‐term stability
• Resistance vs. temperature
– keep current low to avoid self ‐heating
![Page 187: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 187/509
•
The diagonal lines with a positive slope give linear resistance values and show the degree of thermistor linearity at low currents.• The intersection of the thermistor curves and the diagonal lines with negative slope
give the device power dissipation
Semiconductor Thermometers• The
PTAT
Voltage
and
Electronic
Thermometry
– The well‐defined temperature dependence of the diode voltage is actually used as the basis for most digital thermometers
– We can build a simple electronic thermometer in
which two identical diodes are biased by current sources and
![Page 188: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 188/509
ysources and
• If we calculate the difference between the diode voltages using
we discover a voltage that is directly proportional t o absolute t emperature (PTAT), referred to as the PTAT voltage V PTAT
![Page 189: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 189/509
• The PTAT voltage has a temperature coefficient given by
• By using two diodes, the temperature dependence of has been eliminated from the equation
• For example, suppose T = 295 K,
= 250 µA, and
= 50 µA , then VPTAT = 40.9 mV with a temperature coefficient of +0.139 mV/K.
Electromagnetic Radiation
Spectrum
•
Visible light wavelength – ~400‐700nm
• Shorter wavelengths
– ultraviolet, ~100nm
– x‐ray, ~1nm~0 1 ( 1Å)
![Page 190: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 190/509
– gamma rays, ~0.1nm (=1Å)
• Longer wavelengths
– infrared IR: broad spectrum
• near IR, ~1000nm = 1μm
• thermal IR, ~100μm
• far IR, ~1mm
• microwave, ~1cm
• radar, ~1‐10cm
• TV & FM radio, ~1m
• AM radio, ~100m
Radiation Thermometry• There is a known relationship between the surface temperature of
an object and its radiant power• possible to measure the temperature of a body without physical
contact with it• At body temperatures, radiant spectrum in far infrared
•
Medical thermography is a technique whereby the temperature distribution of the body is mapped with a sensitivity of a few tenths
![Page 191: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 191/509
y pp yof a kelvin.
• It is based on the recognition that skin temperature can vary from place to place depending on the cellular or circulatory processes
occurring at each location in the body.• Thermography has been used for the early detection of breast
cancer, but the method is controversial• It has also been used for determining the location and extent of
arthritic disturbances, for gauging the depth of tissue destruction from frostbite and burns, and for detecting various peripheral circulatory disorders (venous thrombosis, carotid artery occlusions)
![Page 192: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 192/509
(a) Spectral radiant emittance versus wavelength for a blackbody at 300 K on the left
vertical axis; percentage of total energy on the right vertical axis(b) Spectral transmission for a number of optical materials(c) Spectral sensitivity of photon and thermal detectors
Human Temperature Measurement
• Radiation thermometry is good for determining internal (core body) temperature
―measures magnitude of infrared radiation from tympanic
membrane & surrounding ear canal• tympanic membrane is perfused by the same vasculature as the
![Page 193: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 193/509
tympanic membrane is perfused by the same vasculature as the hypothalamus, the body’s main thermostat
– advantages over thermometers, thermocouples or
thermistors• does not need to make contact to set temperature of the sensor
• fast response time, ~0.1sec
• accuracy ~ 0.1°C
•
independent of user technique or patient activity• requires calibration target to maintain accuracy
![Page 194: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 194/509
• radiation thermometry is an instrument that determines the internal or core body temperature of the human by measuring the magnitude of infrared radiation emitted from the tympanic membrane and surrounding ear canal
Fiber‐optic Temperature Sensor
• Sensor operation – small prism‐shaped sample of single‐crystal undoped GaAs attached to
ends of two optical fibers – light energy absorbed by the GaAs crystal depends on temperature
– percentage of received vs. transmitted energy is a function of temperature
![Page 195: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 195/509
• Can be made small enough for biological implantation
Optical Measurement
• Widely used in medical diagnosis – clinical‐chemistry lab: blood and tissue analysis – cardiac catheterization: measure oxygen saturation of hemoglobin
• Optical system components – source
– filter – detector
C i l i l
![Page 196: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 196/509
• Conventional optical system
• Solid‐state (semiconductor) optical system – miniaturize and simplify
Optical/Radiation Sources
• Tungsten lamp
– very common radiation source
– emissivity is function of wavelength, λ
• ~40% for λ< 1μm (1000nm)
– output varies significantly with temperature
• note 2000K and 3000K spectra on next slide
• higher temperature shortens life of lamp filament
• Arc discharge lamps
fl l fill d i h b di
![Page 197: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 197/509
– fluorescent lamps filled with, e.g., carbon, mercury, sodium, xenon
– more compact w/ high output per unit area
• Light emitting diodes (LED)
– silicon band gap ~1.1eV not very efficient for detection
– GaAs, higher energy (lower wavelength), fast (~10ns) switching
– GaP & GaAsP have even higher energy
• LASER
– common lasers: He‐Ne, Argon (high power, visual spectrum), CO2 – semiconductor laser not preferred; energy too low (infrared)
– lasers also used to mend tears, e.g., in retina
Spectral characteristics of sources, filters, detectors
(a) Light sources: 1. tungsten (W) at 3000 K has a broad
spectral output. At 2000 K, output is lower at all wavelengths and peak output shifts to longer wavelengths
2. Light‐emitting diodes yield a narrow
spectral output with GaAs in the infrared, GaP in the red, and GaAsP in the green
3. Monochromatic outputs from common lasers are shown by dashed lines
![Page 198: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 198/509
(b) Filters1. A Corning 5‐56 glass filter passes a
blue wavelength band
2. A Kodak 87 gelatin filter passes infrared and blocks visible wavelengths.
3. Germanium lenses pass long wavelengths that cannot be passed by glass
4. Hemoglobin Hb and Oxyhemoglobin HbO pass equally at 805 nm and have maximal difference at 660 nm
Spectral characteristics of sources, filters, detectorsc) Detectors
1. The S4 response is a typical
phototube response. 2. The eye has a relatively
narrow response, with colors indicated by VBGYOR.
3. CdS plus a filter has a
response that closely matches that of the eye.
4 Si p n junctions are widely
![Page 199: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 199/509
4. Si p–n junctions are widely used.
5. PbS is a sensitive infrared detector.
6. InSb is useful in far infrared
d) Combination
Indicated curves from (a), (b), and
(c) are multiplied at each
wavelength to yield (d), which shows how well source, filter, and detector are matched
Optical Transmitter & Filters
• Geometrical Optics: Lenses – focus energy from source into smaller area
– placed to collimate radiation (rays are parallel)
– focus energy from target into detector
• Fiber Optics– efficient transmission of optical signals over
![Page 200: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 200/509
efficient transmission of optical signals over distance
– example medical application: endoscope
• Filters – control transmitted power
– determine wavelengths (colors) transmitted
– produce wavelength spectrum (diffraction grating)
Radiation Sensors
• Spectral response
– Si, no response above 1100nm
– special materials (InSb)
• monitor skin radiation (300K)
• Thermal sensors
– transforms radiation into heat
– flat spectral response but slow
– subject to error from changes in ambient temperature
– example thermal sensors: thermistors thermocouples
![Page 201: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 201/509
– example thermal sensors: thermistors, thermocouples
• Quantum sensors
– transform photon energy into electron release
– sensitive over a limited spectrum of wavelengths
– example quantum sensors: eye, photographic emulsion, sensors below
– Photoemissive sensors, e.g. phototube
– Photoconductive cells
– Photojunction sensors – Photovoltaic sensors
Photoemissive Sensors• Construction & Operation
– photocathode coated with alkali metal – incoming photons (with enough energy, >1eV or 1200nm) release
electrons from photocathode – released electrons attracted to anode and form a current proportional
to incoming photon energy
• Example: phototube, like the S4 in the spectrum plots• Photomultiplier: phototube combined with electron amplifier
– very (the most?) sensitive photodetector
![Page 202: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 202/509
very (the most?) sensitive photodetector• cooled to prevent thermal excitation of electrons• can count individual photons
–
fast response, ~10ns – compare to the eye, which can detect ~6photons within 100ms
Solid‐State
Photoelectric
Sensors
• Photoconductive cells
– Photoresistor
• photosensitive crystalline material such as CdS or PbS• incoming radiation causes electrons to jump band gap and
produce electron‐hole pairs ‐>lower resistance
• Photojunction sensors
– incoming radiation generates electron‐hole pairs in diode depletion region
![Page 203: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 203/509
– minimum detectable energy based on band gap of the diode substrate (e.g., Si)
– can be used in photovoltaic modechange in open‐circuit voltage is monitored
• Photon coupler
– LED‐photodiode combination
• used to isolate electrical circuits• prevent current from leaking out of equipment and into the heart
of a patient
MEMS Transducers
• MEMS = micro‐electro‐mechanical system – miniature
transducers created using IC fabrication processes
•
Microaccelerometer – cantilever beam– suspended mass
![Page 204: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 204/509
– suspended mass
• Rotation – gyroscope
• Pressure
Sensor Calibration
• Sensors can exhibit non‐ideal effects – offset: nominal output ≠ nominal parameter value
– nonlinearity: output not linear with parameter changes
– cross parameter sensitivity: secondary output variation with, e.g.,
temperature• Calibration= adjusting output to match parameter
– analog signal conditioning
![Page 205: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 205/509
– analog signal conditioning
– look‐up table
– digital calibration
• T = a + bV +cV2, T= temperature; V=sensor voltage;
• a,b,c = calibration coefficients
• Compensation
– remove secondary sensitivities
– must have sensitivities characterized
– can remove with polynomial evaluation
– P = a + bV + cT + dVT + e V2, where P=pressure, T=temperature
End of Lecture 3
![Page 206: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 206/509
Lecture
4
aCardiovascular System
I. Heart structure & Cardiac Cycle
II. Heart
conduction
system
&
ECG
![Page 207: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 207/509
Dr.R.B.Ghongade
Department of E&TC,
V.I.I.T., Pune
‐411048
The Cardiovascular System
• Heart: One of the most important organ in the
human body
• Function:– Supply oxygen to all the parts (cells , tissues ,
![Page 208: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 208/509
Supply oxygen to all the parts (cells , tissues ,
muscles ,vital organs) of the human body
– Collect the
excreted
CO2
from the
organs
• Described mostly by comparing it with a fluid
pump
Motivation
• Heart disease
– Major cause of deaths in developed and developing
countries
•
Use
of
engineering
methods
and
the
development
of
instrumentation have contributed substantially to
progress made in recent years in reducing death from
![Page 209: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 209/509
progress made in recent years in reducing death from
heart diseases
•
Blood pressure , flow , and volume are measured byusing engineering techniques
• The electrocardiogram , echocardiogram and
phonocardiogram are measured and recorded with
electronic instruments
The Heart and the cardiovascular system
• A functional cardiovascular system is vital for supplyingoxygen and nutrients to tissues and removing wastesfrom them.
• The heart
is
the
strongest
muscle
in
the
body
• The heart must pump blood throughout the body day
![Page 210: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 210/509
& night
•
The heart
is
2 pumps
working
side
by
side;
on
your
right side is the heart that pumps blood to your lungs
where it picks up O2; on your left side is the heart that pumps this O2‐soaked blood out to your body; pumps
45 million
gallons
blood
in
a lifetime
Location of
the
Heart
• The heart is located in the chest
between the lungs behind the
sternum
and
above
the
diaphragm
• It is surrounded by the
pericardium
• Its size is about that of a fist, and
its weight
is
about
250
‐300
g
• Located above the heart are the
great vessels:
![Page 211: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 211/509
great vessels:
• the superior
•
inferior
vena
cava• the pulmonary artery
• the pulmonary vein, a
• the aorta
• The aortic
arch
lies
behind
the
heart
• The esophagus and the spine lie further behind the heart
Anatomy of
the
Heart
• The walls of the heart are composed of
cardiac muscle, called myocardium
• It also has striations similar to skeletal
muscle
• It consists of four compartments:
the right and left atria and ventricles
• The heart is oriented so that the anterior
aspect is the right ventricle while the
posterior aspect shows the left atrium
• The atria form one unit and the
ventricles another
![Page 212: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 212/509
• This has special importance to the
electric function of the heart
• The left ventricular free wall andthe septum are much thicker than the
right ventricular wall
• This is logical since the left ventricle
pumps blood to the systemic circulation,
where the pressure is considerablyhigher than for the pulmonary
circulation, which arises from right
ventricular outflow
Anatomy of
the
Heart
• The cardiac muscle fibers are oriented spirally and are divided into four groups
• Two groups of fibers wind around the outside of both ventricles
• Beneath these fibers a third group winds around both ventricles
• Beneath these fibers a fourth group winds only around the left ventricle
• The fact that cardiac muscle cells are oriented more tangentially than radially,
and that the resistivity of the muscle is lower in the direction of the fiber has
importance in electrocardiography
• The heart has four valves
– Tricuspid valve: between the right atrium and ventricle lies
![Page 213: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 213/509
– Mitral valve : between the left atrium and ventricle
– Pulmonary valve : between the right ventricle and the pulmonary artery,
– Aortic valve lies in
the
outflow
tract
of
the
left
ventricle
(controlling
flow
to
the
aorta)
• The blood returns from the systemic circulation to the right atrium and from
there goes through the tricuspid valve to the right ventricle
• It is ejected from the right ventricle through the pulmonary valve to the lungs
• Oxygenated blood
returns
from
the
lungs
to
the
left
atrium,
and
from
there
through the mitral valve to the left ventricle
• Finally blood is pumped through the aortic valve to the aorta and the systemic
circulation
Anatomy of
the
Heart
![Page 214: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 214/509
Path of
Blood
through
the
Heart
• Blood that is low in O2 and high in CO2 enters the right atrium through
the venae cavae & coronary sinus
•
next
is
pumped
into
the
pulmonary
circulation
after
blood
is
oxygenated
in the lungs & some of the CO2 is removed, it returns to the left side of
the heart through the pulmonary veins from the left ventricle
• it moves into the aorta
• gas exchanges occur between the blood in the capillaries and the air in
the alveoli
of
the
lungs
• ORDER IN WHICH BLOOD FLOWS:
1. venae cavae & coronary sinus
![Page 215: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 215/509
1. venae cavae & coronary sinus
2. right atrium ‐> tricuspid valve
3. right
ventricle ‐
>
pulmonary
valve ‐
>
pulmonary
trunk4. pulmonary artery
5. pulmonary vein
6. left atrium ‐> bicuspid (mitral) valve
7. left ventricle ‐> aortic valve
8. aorta
• Both pumps are divided into two spaces called
chambers so your heart is actually a 2‐barreled, 4‐
chambered pumper
• The two
sides
do
not
work
independently;
they
are
precisely timed as a team to make the best use of their pumping power (quite efficient!)
• As the heart pumps it makes a variety of clicks and
thumps; these are the sounds of the heart valves asthey click open & shut; each sound has a specialmeaning
![Page 216: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 216/509
meaning – (lubb‐dupp)
• lubb is the
sound
of
the
tricuspid
&
mitral
(bicuspid)
heart
valves
(on the top chambers) shutting;
• dupp is the sound of the semi‐lunar heart valves closing (these
heart valves shut off the big vessels leaving the heart)
• The heart hangs in the center of the chest (mediastinum)
The cardiovascular
system
![Page 217: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 217/509
The
cardiovascular
system
![Page 218: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 218/509
syste
Terminology
• Pulmonary circulation
– The circulatory path for blood‐flow through the lungs
(function of right side heart)
– Pressure difference between the arteries and the veins is
small, low
resistance
– Can be considered as volume pump
S t i i l ti
![Page 219: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 219/509
• Systemic circulation –
The
circulatory
system
that
supplies
oxygen
and
nutrients
to the cells of the body (function of left side of the heart)
– This system is a high resistance circuit with a large pressure
gradient between the arteries and veins
– Can be considered as a pressure pump
• The muscle contraction of the left heart is larger and
stronger than the right heart, because of the greater
pressures
required
for
systemic
circulation• However the volume of the blood delivered per unit time
by the two sides is same when measured over a sufficiently
long interval of time
•
The
left
heart
develops
a
pressure
head
sufficient
to
cause
blood flow to all extremities of the body
• The pumping action itself is performed by contraction of th h t l di h h b f th h t
![Page 220: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 220/509
the heart muscles surrounding each chamber of the heart
•
These
muscles
receive
their
own
blood
supply
from
the
coronary arteries , which surround the heart like a crown( corona)
• The coronary arterial system is a special branch of the
systemic circulation
Pitfall!
• Why we
cannot
indiscriminately
approximate
the
system
with a pump and a hydraulic system? – The pipes, the arteries and the veins are not rigid but flexible
– They are capable of helping and controlling blood circulation by
their own
muscular
action
and
their
own
valve
and
receptor
system
– Blood is not a pure Newtonian fluid; rather it possesses
ti th t d t l ith th l i h d li
![Page 221: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 221/509
properties that do not comply with the laws governing hydraulic
motion
– Also the
blood
requires
help
from
the
lungs
for
O2 and
it
interacts with the lymphatic system
– Many chemicals and hormones affect the operation of the
system
Cardiovascular
circulation
![Page 222: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 222/509
Functioning
• Blood enters the heart on the right side through
– Superior vena cava (coming from upper body
extremities)
– Inferior vena cava (coming from lower body
extremities)
![Page 223: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 223/509
• Incoming blood fills the storage chamber, right
atrium
• Coronary sinus also empties into right atrium
(blood
that
circulates
through
the
heart
itself)
• When right atrium is full, it contracts and
forces blood through the tricuspid valve into
right ventricle• Right ventricle contracts to pump blood into
pulmonary circulation system
• Tricuspid valve closes when pressure in
ventricle exceeds atrial pressure
![Page 224: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 224/509
ventricle exceeds atrial pressure
• Semi ‐lunar valve opens and
blood
is
forced
into pulmonary artery and into the two lungs
• In the alveoli of lungs red blood cells are
recharged with
O2
and CO2 is
expelled
• Pulmonary artery divides many times into
smaller arteries (arterioles), which supply
blood to
alveolar
capillaries,
where
the
exchange of O2
and CO2 takes place
• On the other side of the lung mass is a similar
construction where
capillaries
feed
into
tiny
veins (venules), which in turn form larger veins
![Page 225: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 225/509
and ultimately terminate into pulmonary vein
• This pulmonary vein returns the oxygenated
blood to the heart
![Page 226: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 226/509
Heart’s pumping Cycle
•
Systole – Is defined as the
period of
contraction of the
heart muscles, specifically the
t i l
![Page 227: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 227/509
ventricular
muscles, at
which
time, blood is
pumped into the
pulmonary
artery
and the aorta
Heart’s pumping Cycle
• Diastole
– Period of
dilation of
the heart
cavities as
![Page 228: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 228/509
they fill will
blood
• Once the blood has been pumped into the
arterial system, the heart relaxes, pressure in
chambers
decreases,
the
outlet
valve
close
and in a short time the inlet valves open again
to restart the diastole and initiate new cycle in
the heart
• After passing through many bifurcations of arteries, the blood reaches vital organs, the
![Page 229: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 229/509
brain
and
the
extremities• The last stage of arterial system divides into
smallest arterioles
• These arterioles
feed
into
capillaries
where
O2
is supplied to cells and CO2
is received
• In turn capillaries join into venules and these
finally form inferior and superior vena cava
• Blood supply to the heart itself is from aorta
through coronary arteries into a similar
capillary system
to
the
cardiac
veins
• This blood returns to heart chambers by the
way of coronary sinus
![Page 230: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 230/509
way of coronary sinus
Some facts!
• Average heart
beat
rate
– 75 bpm
– May vary from 60 to 85 (sitting , standing position)
– Infant heart rate may be as high as 140 bpm
– HR increases with heat exposure , physiological and
![Page 231: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 231/509
psychological factors
• Heart pumps about 5 liters of blood per minute
• 75 to 80 % of blood volume in veins, 20% in
arteries , remaining
in
capillaries
Blood Supply to the Heart
• Heart muscle
(myocardium)
needs
blood
• Coronary arteries branch off from systemic
circulation &
feed
capillaries
that
permeate
the heart muscle (myocardium)
• When blockage of to heart muscles occur
![Page 232: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 232/509
• When blockage of to heart muscles occur
cardiac muscles
begin
to
die
&
a heart
attack
(myocardial infarction) can occur if blockage is
extensive
![Page 233: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 233/509
The Conduction System of the Heart
• Electrical stimulus
needed
to
cause
heart
muscle contractions (systole)
![Page 234: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 234/509
![Page 235: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 235/509
ECG Summary
![Page 236: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 236/509
Although representation of an ECG recording as a scalar trace is illustrated in
Figure , several
other
techniques
for
cardiac
electrical
representation,
usually
closely linked to the recording technique, exist
Various Components of the ECG Waveform
• Genesis of ECG
waveform and
timing of
different action
potentials from
different regions
and specialized
cells of the heart and the
corresponding
d l f
![Page 237: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 237/509
cardiac cycle of the
ECG
as
measured on the
body surface
manifest as
P,Q,R,S and T
points
The Application
Areas
of
ECG
Diagnosis
1. The electric axis of the heart
2. Heart rate monitoring
3. Arrhythmias
a. Supraventricular arrhythmias
b. Ventricular arrhythmias
4. Disorders in the activation
sequence
a. Atrioventricular conduction
defects (blocks)
b. Bundle‐branch block
c. Wolff‐Parkinson‐White
6. Myocardial ischemia and infarction
a. Ischemia
b. Infarction
7. Drug effect
a. Digitalis
b. Quinidine
8. Electrolyte imbalance
a. Potassium
b. Calcium
9. Carditis
i di i
![Page 238: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 238/509
c. Wolff Parkinson White
syndrome
5. Increase in wall thickness or size
of the atria and ventricles
a. Atrial enlargement
(hypertrophy)
b. Ventricular enlargement (hypertrophy)
a. Pericarditis
b. Myocarditis
10. Pacemaker monitoring
The Application
Areas
of
ECG
Diagnosis
![Page 239: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 239/509
ECG Lead Systems
• The Conventional
12
‐lead
System
– Bipolar Limb Leads
–
Wilson
Central
Terminal
(WCT) – Goldberger Augmented Leads
– Precordial Leads
![Page 240: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 240/509
– Mason and
Likar Lead
System
(Modified
leads)
• The Corrected Orthogonal Leads (Frank lead
system)
Bipolar Limb
Leads
• Force vectors: – The major sequences of depolarization of the heart and
the relative
voltages
encountered
can
be
explained
by
drawing a series of summation vectors
– It is also useful to describe the direction in which these
vectors are traveling by superimposing our drawing on a
360‐degree
compass
rose
There are there important things that are the
underlying concepts of the lead systems:
1 The principle that impulses coming toward
![Page 241: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 241/509
1. The principle that impulses coming toward
an electrode produce positive deflections,whereas impulses going away from an
electrode produce negative deflections.
2. The positions from which the various
electrodes “look” at the heart.
3. The sequence, direction, and relativemagnitude of the four major vectors of
cardiac depolarization and repolarization.
Einthoven limb
leads
and
Einthoven
triangle
• In the
year
1913,
Einthoven
et
al.
developed
a method
of studying the electrical activity of the heart by
representing it graphically in a two‐dimensional geometric figure, namely, an equilateral triangle
• Based on several oversimplifying assumptions
– The body is a homogeneous volume conductor
– The mean of all electrical forces can be considered as
![Page 242: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 242/509
The mean of all electrical forces can be considered as
originating in
an
imaginary
dipole
located
in
the
electrical
center of the heart
– Electrodes placed on the right arm (RA), left arm (LA) and
left foot (LF) are used to pick up the potential variations on
these extremities
to
form
an
equilateral
triangle
Einthoven triangle
• The Einthoven limb leads
(standard
leads)
are
defined in the following
way
where,
V I= voltage of lead I
![Page 243: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 243/509
V II=
voltage
of
lead
IIV III= voltage of lead III
φL=potential of left arm
φR=potential of right arm
φF =potential of left foot
• The limb
leads
describe
the
cardiac
electrical activity in three different
directions of the frontal plane
Wilson Central
Terminal
(WCT)
• Frank Norman Wilson (1890‐1952) investigated
how electrocardiographic unipolar potentials
could be defined
• Measured with respect to a remote reference
(infinity)
• Formed by connecting a 5 k resistor from each
terminal of the limb leads to a common point called the central terminal
• Wilson suggested that unipolar potentials
should be
measured
with
respect
to
this
terminal which approximates the potential at infinity
• The Wilson central terminal is the average of the limb potentials
![Page 244: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 244/509
•
The
total
current
into
the
central
terminal
from
the limb leads must add to zero to satisfy the
conservation of current (KCL)
Hence,
Circuit of WCT and the location image space and the
location of WCT
![Page 245: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 245/509
Goldberger Augmented
Leads
• Three additional limb leads, VR, VL, and VF are obtained by measuring the
potential between each limb electrode and the Wilson central terminal
• For
instance,
the
measurement
from
the
left
foot
gives
• Goldberger observed that these signals can be augmented by omitting
that resistance from the Wilson central terminal, which is connected to
the measurement electrode
• Three leads may be replaced with a new set of leads that are called
augmented leads because of the augmentation of the signal
![Page 246: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 246/509
• The equation
for
the
augmented
lead
aVF is
• Augmented signal to be 50% larger than the signal with the Wilson central
terminal chosen
as
reference
Goldberger Augmented
Leads
• Note that the three augmented leads, aVR, aVL, and aVF, are fully
redundant with respect to the limb leads I, II, and III
![Page 247: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 247/509
![Page 248: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 248/509
Precordial Leads
• For measuring the potentials close to
the heart, Wilson introduced the
precordial
leads
(chest
leads)
in
1944• These leads, V1‐V6 are located over
the left chest
• The points V1 and V2 are located at the fourth intercostal space on the
right and left side of the sternum
• V4 is located in the fifth intercostal space at the midclavicular line
• V3 is located between the points V2
and V4
•
![Page 249: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 249/509
•
V5
is
at
the
same
horizontal
level
as
V4 but on the anterior axillary line
• V6 is at the same horizontal level as
V4 but at the midline
Precordial chest leads are used to record the voltage difference
between these electrodes and Wilson’s Central Terminus
![Page 250: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 250/509
Mason and
Likar Lead
System
(Modified
leads)
• Mason and Likar recommended moving
the limb electrodes used to record the 12‐
lead ECG from the limbs to the thorax for
exercise electrocardiography
(1966)
• The 12 lead system is usually used for just long enough to record a few heart cycles or beats (10‐15) seconds
• The recorded information is represented as
12 scalar
traces
depicting
the
heart’s
electrical activity at the various sample
sites.
• Interpretation of the 12‐lead ECG is based
upon examination of the shape and size, or
![Page 251: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 251/509
amplitude and
duration,
of
the
various
components of each scalar trace
• The increased number of sample sites, six
of which are on the chest close to the
heart, allows an expert to not only
determine the
presence
of
disease,
but
also the chambers or areas of the heart that are affected
The Corrected
Orthogonal
Leads
• This lead system is known also as Frank
lead system
• Seven electrodes placed on the chest,back,
neck and
left
foot
are
used
to
view
the
heart from the left side, from below and
from the front
• This kind of lead system reflects the
electrical activity in the three perpendicular
directions
X,
Y,
and
Z
and
traces
out
a
three‐
dimensional loop for every cardiac cycle by
means of the time‐variant cardiac
dominant vector
• The three projections of this loop onto XY,
XZ and YZ planes are also recorded
![Page 252: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 252/509
• The morphology of the loops, their direction of rotation and their areas are the
main spatial quantities that improve ECG‐
based diagnosis of some cardiac
pathologies, like myocardial infarction
• This particular
type
of
recording
is
referred
to as a vectorcardiogram (VCG).
Electrocardiograph Block
Diagram Right
leg
electrode
Microcomputer
Operatordisplay
Drivenright legcircuit
Amplifierprotection
circuit
Leadselector
Sensingelectrodes
Lead‐faildetect
Preamplifier
Autocalibration
Baselinerestoration
Isolatedpower
supply
Isolationcircuit
Driveramplifier
Recorder‐printer
ADC Memory
Parallel circuits for simultaneous recordings from different leads
• Sensing electrodes
• Lead fail
detect
• Amplifier protection
circuit
• Lead selector
• Auto calibration
• Preamplifier
• Baseline restoration
• Driven right leg circuit
• Isolation circuit
•
![Page 253: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 253/509
Controlprogram
ECG analysisprogram
Keyboard
ADC
&
Memory
system• Driver amplifier
• Recorder‐printer
• Microcomputer
• Control software
Frequent Problems
• Frequency distortion
– High‐frequency loss rounds the sharp edges of the QRS complex.
– Low‐frequency loss can distort the baseline (no longer horizontal) or cause
monophasic waveforms to
appear biphasic.
• Saturation/cutoff distortion
– Combination of input amplitude & offset voltage drives amplifier into
saturation
– Positive case: clips off the top of the R wave
– Negative case:
clips
off
the
Q,
S,
P and
T waves
• Ground loops
– Patients are connected to multiple pieces of equipment; each has a ground
(power line or common room ground wire)
– If more that one instrument has a ground electrode connected to the patient,
![Page 254: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 254/509
a ground loop exists. Power line ground can be different for each item of equipment, sending current through the patient and introducing common‐
mode noise.
• Open lead wires
– Can be detected by impedance monitoring.
Artifacts
Effect of a voltage transient on an
ECG recorded on an
electrocardiograph in which the
transient causes the amplifier to
, and a finite period of
• Unwanted voltage
transients
– Patient movement
– Electrical stimulation
signals, like defibrillation
l f
![Page 255: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 255/509
saturatetime is required for the charge to
bleed off enough to bring the ECG
back into the amplifier’s active
region of operation. This is
followed
by
a
first ‐
order
recovery
of the system.
• Amplifier saturates
• First‐order recovery to
baseline
– Recovery time set by low‐
frequency corner of
the
bandpass amplifier
Artifacts
•U fi li f 50H /60 H li i
![Page 256: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 256/509
Upper figure:
coupling
of
50Hz/60
Hz
power
line
noise
– Electric‐field coupling between power grid, instrument, patient, and
wiring.
• Lower figure: coupling of electromyographic (EMG) noise
– Example of tensing chest muscles while ECG is being recorded.
Power‐Line
Coupling
Electro-
cardiograph
A
Power line 230 V
B
G
C 3
C 1
Z 1
Z 2
Z G
C 2
I d1
I d2
I d1+ I d2
• Small parasitic capacitors connect the
power line to the RA and LA leads,
and the
grounded
instrument
case
• Small ac displacement currents Id1 and
Id2 are generated
• The body impedance is about 500
and can be neglected
vA ‐ vB = id1 Z1 ‐ id2 Z2 (6.3)
• If Id1 and Id2 are approximately equal:
vA ‐ vB = id1 (Z1 ‐ Z2) (6.4)
= (6 nA) (20 K )
= 120 µV
• Remedies
– Shield electrodes & connect to
![Page 257: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 257/509
A mechanism of electric‐field pickup of an
electrocardiograph resulting from the power
line. Coupling capacitance between the hot
side of
the
power
line
and
lead
wires
causes
current to flow through skin‐electrode
impedances on its way to ground.
G – Shield electrodes
&
connect
to
electrocardiograph (grounding
tree) to reduce id
– Reduce or match the electrode
skin impedances (minimize Z1 ‐ Z2
)
Power‐Line Coupling
Electrocardiograph
Power line 230V
A
Z in
Z 1
C b
idb
Z 2
cm
B
G
Z in
cm
cm
• Power line is coupled into the body
• Small ac displacement current Idb is
generated, which produces a common
mode voltage
vcm = idb ZG (6.6)
= (0.2 µA) (50 K )
=
10 mV
• At the amplifier inputs:
vA ‐ vB = vcm (Z1 ‐ Z2)/ Zin (6.9)
= (10 mV) (20 K / 5 M
40 µV
![Page 258: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 258/509
Current flows from the power line through the body
and ground impedance, thus creating a common‐
mode
voltage
everywhere
on
the
body.
Z in is
not
only
resistive but, as a result of RF bypass capacitors at
the amplifier input, has a reactive component as
well.
Z G idb
=
40 µV
• Remedies:
– Reduce or match the electrode skin
impedances (minimize Z1 ‐ Z2
)
– Increase Zin
Magnetic Field
Coupling
• Sources
– Power lines
– Transformers
and ballasts
in
fluorescent lights
• Remedies
– Shielding
–
Route
leads
fM i fi ld i k b h l di h ( ) L d
![Page 259: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 259/509
Route leadsaway from
potential sources
– Reduce the
effective area of
the single
‐turn
coil (twist the
lead wires)
Magnetic‐field pickup by the elctrocardiograph (a) Lead
wires make a closed loop (shaded area) when patient and
electrocardiograph are considered in the circuit. The
change in magnetic field passing through this area induces
a current in the loop.
(b) This effect can be minimized by twisting the lead wires
together and keeping them close to the body in order to
subtend a much smaller area.
Lecture 4 bCardiovascular System
III. Phonocardiogram (PCG)
IV. Electroencephalogram(EEG)
D R B Gh d
![Page 260: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 260/509
Dr.R.B.GhongadeDepartment of E&TC,
V.I.I.T., Pune‐411048
Introduction• Heart sounds result from the interplay of the dynamic events associated
with the contraction and relaxation of the atria and ventricles, valve
movements, and blood flow.
• Can be heard from the chest through a stethoscope, a device commonly used for screening and diagnosis in primary health care
• Auscultation is the term for listening to the external sounds of the body,
usually using a stethoscope
• The art of evaluating the acoustic properties of heart sounds and
murmurs, including the intensity, frequency, duration, number, and quality
of the sounds, are known as cardiac auscultation.
• One of the oldest means for assessing the heart condition, especially the
function
of
heart
valves
![Page 261: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 261/509
function of heart valves• The stethoscope (from the Greek word stethos, meaning "chest" and
skopein, meaning "to examine") invented during the early twentieth
century, was one of the most primitive devices designed to aid a doctor in
listening to heart sounds
• Traditional auscultation involves subjective judgment by the clinicians,
which introduces variability in the perception and interpretation of the
sounds, thereby affecting diagnostic accuracy
PHONOCARDIOGRAPHY ‐
TECHNIQUE
• The auscultation of the heart gives the clinician valuable
information about the functional integrity of the heart
• Additional details can be gathered when the temporal
relationships between the heart sounds and the electrical
and mechanical events of the cardiac cycle are compared
• This approach to the analysis of heart sounds using a
study of the frequency spectra is known as
phonocardiography
•
The
phonocardiogram is
a
device
capable
of
obtaining
h l h b l h
![Page 262: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 262/509
The phonocardiogram is a device capable of obtainingheart sounds and displaying the obtained signals in the
form of a graph drawn with the signal amplitude in one
axis and with time in the other
Block diagram of the general biomedical signal processing and analysis, as an integrative
approach for computer‐aided diagnosis system
![Page 263: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/263.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 263/509
CARDIOVASCULAR PHYSIOLOGY (revisited)
• The heart can be classified from a hemodynamics point of view as a simple reciprocating pump
• The pumping chambers have a variable volume and input and output ports
• A one‐way valve in the input port is oriented such that it opens only when
the pressure in the input chamber exceeds the pressure within the pumping chamber
• Another one‐way valve in the output port opens only when pressure in
the pumping chamber exceeds the pressure in the output chamber
•The rod and crankshaft will cause the diaphragm to move back and forth
![Page 264: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/264.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 264/509
The rod and crankshaft will cause the diaphragm to move back and forth• The chamber’s volume changes as the piston moves, causing the pressure
within to rise and fall
• In the heart, the change in volume is the result of contraction and
relaxation of the cardiac muscle that makes up the ventricular walls
![Page 265: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/265.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 265/509
• The mechanical activity of the heart involves contraction of myocardial cells, opening/closing of valves, and flow of blood to and from the heart chambers
•
This
activity
is
modulated
by
changes
in
the
contractility
of
the heart, the compliance of the chamber walls and
arteries and the developed pressure gradients
• The mechanical activity can be also examined using ultrasound imaging
• The peripheral blood flows in the arteries and veins is also
modulated by mechanical properties of the tissue
• The flow of blood can be imaged by Doppler‐echo, and the pulse‐wave can be captured in one of the peripheral arteries
![Page 266: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/266.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 266/509
arteries
• The dif ferent types of signals give us various pieces of information about the cardiac activity. Integrating this information may yield a better ability to assess the
condition of the cardiovascular system
Cardiac Sounds• Audible sounds are produced from the opening and the closing of
the heart valves, the flow of blood in the heart, and the vibration of heart muscles
• Heart sounds are short‐lived bursts of vibrational energy having a transient character
• They are primarily associated with valvular and/or ventricular
vibrations• Both their site of origin and their original intensity governs the
radiation of the heart sounds to the surface of the chest
• There are four separate basic sounds that occur during the
sequence
of
one
complete
cardiac
cycle
![Page 267: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/267.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 267/509
q p y
Cardiac Murmurs
•
Murmurs are vibrations caused by turbulence in the blood as it flows through some narrow orifice or tube.
• A murmur is one of the more common abnormal phenomena that can be detected with a stethoscope ‐a somewhat prolonged 'whoosh' that can be described as blowing, rumbling, soft, harsh, and so on
•
Murmurs
are
sounds
related
to
the
non‐
laminar
flow
of
blood
in
the
heart
and the great vessels
• They are distinguished from basic heart sounds in that they are noisy and
have a longer duration
• While heart sounds have a low frequency range and lie mainly below 200
Hz,
murmurs
are
composed
of
higher
frequency
components
extending
up
to 1000 Hz
![Page 268: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/268.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 268/509
p g q y p g p
• Most heart murmurs can readily be explained on the basis of high velocity flow or abrupt changes in the caliber (the diameter of the inside)of the vascular channels
• Typical conditions in the cardiovascular system, which cause blood flow
turbulence, are local obstructions, shunts, abrupt changes in diameter, and valve insufficiency(valve is not strong enough to prevent backflow )
S1• The first heart sound (S1) occurs at the onset of ventricular systole
• It can be most clearly heard at the apex and the fourth intercostal spaces along the left sternal border
•
It is characterized by higher amplitude and longer duration in comparison with other heart sounds
• It has two major high frequency components that can be easily heard at bedside
• Although controversy exists regarding the mechanism of S1, the most compelling evidence indicates that the components result from the closure of the mitral and
tricuspid valves and the vibrations set up in the valve cusps, chordate, papillary, muscles, and ventricular walls before aortic ejection
• S1 lasts for an average period of 100–200ms
• Its frequency components lie in the range of 10‐200 Hz
• The acoustic properties of S1 are able to reveal the strength of the myocardial
systole and the status of the atrioventricular valves’ function• As a result of the asynchronous closure of the tricuspid and mitral valves the
![Page 269: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/269.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 269/509
• As a result of the asynchronous closure of the tricuspid and mitral valves, the
two components of S1 are often separated by a time delay of 20‐30 ms
• This delay is known as the (split) in the medical community and is of significant diagnostic importance
• An abnormally large splitting is often a sign of heart problem
S2• The second heart sound (S2) occurs within a short period once the ventricular diastole starts.
• It coincides with the completion of the T‐wave of the electrocardiogram (ECG)
• S2 consists of two high‐frequency components, one because of the closure of the aortic valve and the other because of the closure of the pulmonary valve
• At the onset of ventricular diastole, the systolic ejection into the aorta and the pulmonary artery declines and the rising pressure in these vessels exceeds the pressure in the respective ventricles, thus reversing the flow and causing the closure of their valves.
• The second heart sound usually has higher‐frequency components as compared with the
first
heart
sound• As a result of the higher pressure in the aorta compared with the pulmonary artery, the
aortic valve tends to close before the pulmonary valve, so the second heart sound may have an audible split
• In normal individuals, respiratory variations exist in the splitting of S2
• During expiration phase, the interval between the two components is small (less than 30
ms)H d i i i ti th litti f th t t i id t
![Page 270: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/270.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 270/509
• However, during inspiration, the splitting of the two components is evident
• Clinical evaluation of the second heart sound is a bedside technique that is considered to
be a most valuable screening test for heart disease
• Many heart diseases are associated with the characteristic changes in the intensities of
or the time relation between the two components of S2• S1 and S2 were basically the main two heart sounds that were used for most of the
clinical assessment based on the phonocardiography auscultation procedure
S3 &S4• The third and fourth heart sounds, also called gallop sounds, are low‐
frequency sounds occurring in early and late diastole, respectively, under highly variable physiological and pathological conditions
• Deceleration of mitral flow by ventricular walls may represent a key mechanism in the genesis of both sounds
• The third heart sound (S3) occurs in the rapid filling period of early diastole
• It is produced by vibrations of the ventricular walls when suddenly distended by the rush of inflow resulting from the pressure difference
between ventricles and atria
• The audibility of S3 may be physiological in young people or in some adults, but it is pathological in people with congestive heart failure or ventricular dilatation
• The fourth heart sound (S4) occurs in late diastole and just before S1
• It is produced by vibrations in expanding ventricles when atria contract.
![Page 271: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/271.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 271/509
• Thus, S4 is rarely heard in a normal heart
• The abnormally audible S4 results from the reduced distensibility (the capability of being stretched under pressure ) of one or both ventricles
•
As a result of the stiff ventricles, the force of atrial contraction increases, causing sharp movement of the ventricular wall and the emission of a prominent S4
![Page 272: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/272.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 272/509
LUPP DUBBLUPP
DUBBMURMUR
![Page 273: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/273.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 273/509
Cardiac cycle events occurring in the left ventricle
Pressure profile of the
ventricle andatrium
Volume profile of the
left ventricle
Phonocardiographgy
signals
![Page 274: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/274.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 274/509
• The ECG, PCG (low and high
filtered), carotid pulse,
apexcardiogram, and logic states
(high = open) of left heart valves,
mitral and aortic valve, and right
heart valves, tricuspid and
pulmonary
valve• Left heart mechanical intervals
are indicated by vertical lines:
isovolumic contraction (1),
ejection (2), isovolumic relaxation
(3), and filling (4) (rapid filling,
slow filling, atrial contraction)• The low frequency PCG shows the
four normal heart sounds (I, II, III,
and IV)
• In the high frequency trace III and
IV have disappeared and splitting
is visible in I [Ia and Ib (and even a
small Ic due to ejection)] and in II
![Page 275: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/275.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 275/509
small Ic due to ejection)] and in II
[IIA (aortic valve) and IIP
(pulmonary valve)]
• Systolic intervals LVEP (on carotid
curve) and Q ‐IIA (on ECG and PCG) are indicated
![Page 276: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/276.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 276/509
Phonocardiography trace with 8 successive S1–S2 waveform.
![Page 277: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/277.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 277/509
PCG signal recording with different filtering coefficient for different
corresponding heart sound class
![Page 278: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/278.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 278/509
PCG SIGNAL SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
•
Heart sounds are complex and highly non‐stationary signals in their nature and have been known to be quasi‐stationary signals for a long time
• The “heart beats” associated with these sounds are reacted
in the signal by periods of relatively high activity and
rhythmic energy style, alternating with comparatively intervals of low activity
• Accordingly, PCG Spectrometric properties can be extracted
by different methods using (e.g., Short‐Time Fourier Transformation (STFT)), as it estimates the power spectral density (PSD) of successive waveform and computed these
![Page 279: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/279.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 279/509
density (PSD) of successive waveform and computed these transformation will lead to periodic estimation of energy spikes within the acoustical waveform
Classes of spectral analysis used• Two broad classes of spectral analysis approaches
– nonparametric methods
– parametric (model‐based) methods.
• The nonparametric methods—such as periodogram, Blackman‐
Tukey, and minimum variance spectral estimators—do not impose any model assumption on the data, other than wide‐sense stationarity
• The parametric spectral estimation approaches, on the other hand,
assume that the measurement data satisfy a generating model by which the spectral estimation problem is usually converted to that of determining the parameters of the assumed signal model
• Two kinds of models are widely assumed and used within the parametric methods, according to different spectral characteristics of the signals: the rational transfer function (RTF) model and the sinusoidal signal model
![Page 280: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/280.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 280/509
sinusoidal signal model
• The RTF models, including autocorrelation (AR),moving average (MA), and autocorrelation moving average (ARMA) types are
usually
used
to
analyze
the
signals
with
continuous
spectra,
while
the sinusoidal signal model is a good approximation of signals with
discrete spectral patterns
![Page 281: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/281.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 281/509
ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM(EEG)
• The electroencephalogram (EEG) measures the activity of
large numbers (populations) of neurons.
• First recorded by Hans Berger in 1929.
• EEG recordings are noninvasive, painless, do not interfere
much with a human subject’s ability to move or perceivestimuli, are relatively low-cost.
• Electrodes measure voltage-differences at the scalp in themicrovolt (μV) range.
• Voltage-traces are recorded with millisecond resolution
![Page 282: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/282.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 282/509
EEG
• Spontaneous activity is measured on the scalp or on the brain and is called the electroencephalogram
•
The
amplitude
of
the
EEG
is
about
100
µV
when
measured
on
the
scalp, and about 1‐2 mV when measured on the surface of the brain
• The bandwidth of this signal is from under 1 Hz to about 50 Hz
• As the phrase "spontaneous activity" implies, this activity goes on
continuously in the living individual
• Evoked potentials are those components of the EEG that arise in
response to a stimulus (which may be electric, auditory, visual, etc.)
• Such signals are usually below the noise level and thus not readily
distinguished,
and
one
must
use
a
train
of
stimuli
and
signal
averaging to improve the signal‐to‐noise ratio
![Page 283: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/283.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 283/509
• Single‐neuron behavior can be examined through the use of microelectrodes which impale the cells of interest. Through studies
of the single cell, one hopes to build models of cell networks that will reflect actual tissue properties
Frequency spectrum of normal EEG
![Page 284: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/284.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 284/509
EEG
LEAD
SYSTEMS• The internationally standardized 10‐20 system is usually employed to record the spontaneous
EEG
• In this system 21 electrodes are located on the surface of the scalp
• The positions are determined as follows
– Reference points are nasion, which is the delve at the top of the nose, level with the eyes;
– inion, which is the bony lump at the base of the skull on the midline at the back of the head
• From these points, the skull perimeters are measured in the transverse and median planes
• Electrode locations are determined by dividing these perimeters into 10% and 20% intervals
•
Three
other
electrodes
are
placed
on
each
side
equidistant
from
the
neighboring
points
![Page 285: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/285.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 285/509
• In addition to the 21 electrodes of the international 10‐20 system, intermediate 10% electrode positions are also used
• The locations and nomenclature of these electrodes are standardized by the American Electroencephalographic Society
• In this recommendation, four electrodes have different names compared
to the 10‐20 system; these are T7, T8, P7, and P8. These electrodes are drawn black with white text in the figure
![Page 286: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/286.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 286/509
EEG
![Page 287: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/287.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 287/509
Standard placements of electrodes on the human scalp: A, auricle; C, central;F, frontal; Fp, frontal pole; O, occipital; P, parietal; T, temporal.
EEG
![Page 288: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/288.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 288/509
EEG
![Page 289: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/289.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 289/509
EEG
![Page 290: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/290.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 290/509
Many neurons need to sum their activity in order to be detected by EEG electrodes.
The timing
of
their
activity
is
crucial.
Synchronized
neural
activity
produces
larger
signals.
THE BEHAVIOR OF THE EEG SIGNAL
•
It
is
possible
to
differentiate
alpha
(α
),
beta
( ),
delta
(), and theta () waves as well as spikes associated with
epilepsy
• The alpha waves have the frequency spectrum of 8‐13
Hz and can be measured from the occipital region in an awake person when the eyes are closed
• The frequency band of the beta waves is 13‐30 Hz; these are detectable over the parietal and frontal lobes
• The delta waves have the frequency range of 0.5‐4 Hz and are detectable in infants and sleeping adults
![Page 291: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/291.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 291/509
• The theta waves have the frequency range of 4‐8 Hz and are obtained from children and sleeping adults
![Page 292: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/292.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 292/509
EEG and the Brain State
EEG potentials are good indicators of global brain state. Theyoften display rhythmic patterns at characteristic frequencies
![Page 293: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/293.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 293/509
EEG
EEG suffers from poor current source localization and the “inverse problem”
![Page 294: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/294.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 294/509
EEG
Power spectrum:
![Page 295: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/295.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 295/509
• Schematic of amplifier inputs for analog EEG for a longitudinal bipolar montage
• One additional electrode input—the ground—is omitted for simplicity
• Since an EEG voltage signal represents a difference between the voltages at two
![Page 296: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/296.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 296/509
electrodes, the display of the EEG for the reading encephalographer may be set up in
one of several ways
• The representation of the EEG channels is referred to as a montage• A typical adult human EEG signal is about 10µV to 100 µV in amplitude when measured
from the scalp
EEG OF A
NORMAL
HUMAN
ADULT
![Page 297: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/297.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 297/509
EEG OF A
HUMAN
ADULT
SUFFERING
FROM
EPILEPSY
![Page 298: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/298.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 298/509
Lecture 5I.X
‐Ray
Imaging
II. Computed Tomography
III. Diagnostic Ultrasound Imaging
Dr.R.B.GhongadeDepartment of E&TC,
![Page 299: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/299.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 299/509
V.I.I.T., Pune‐411048
I.X‐Ray Imaging
![Page 300: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/300.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 300/509
INTRODUCTION TO X‐RAY IMAGING
• X‐ray imaging is a well‐known imaging modality that has
been used
for
over
100
years
since
Roentgen
discovered
X‐
rays based on his observations of fluorescence
• X‐rays are high‐energy photons
• Their generation creates incoherent beams that experience
insignificant scatter
when
passing
through
various
media
• As a result, X‐ray imaging is based on through transmission
and analysis of the resulting X‐ray absorption data
• X‐
rays
are
detected
through
a
combination
of
a
phosphor
screen and
a light
‐sensitive
film
![Page 301: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/301.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 301/509
![Page 302: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/302.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 302/509
Typical Imaging Chain forMedical X‐ray Systems
X-ray source
Collimator
Object Film
processing
Image
![Page 303: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/303.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 303/509
Electromagnetic Radiation
• EM radiation can be thought of as oscillating electric field
which generates oscillating magnetic field which generates
oscillating electric
field…and
so
on.
• Can also be thought of as photons (particles), as in CCD
d i f i ibl li h
![Page 304: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/304.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 304/509
detection of visible light.
• This is
called
the
“wave
‐particle
duality”
of
EMR.
Wavelength• (lambda) is called wavelength, the
distance between two identical points
on a wave
• =
, where v is called the phase
speed (magnitude of the phase
velocity) of the wave and f is the
wave's frequency
• In the case of EM radiation, the
equation becomes =
, where c is
the speed of light: 3 x 108m/s
• (nu) is called frequency, the number of cycles per unit of time.
![Page 305: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/305.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 305/509
• It is inversely proportional to the wavelength.
Photons: review
• Photons are
little
“packets”
of
energy.
• Each photon’s energy is proportional to its
frequency.
• A photon’s
energy
is
represented
by
“h”
E = hEnergy = (Planck’s constant) x (frequency of photon)
![Page 306: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/306.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 306/509
X‐Rays
• Usually detected as particles of energy (photons).
10-9 m (1 nm)10-11 m (0.01 nm)
“soft”“hard”
![Page 307: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/307.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 307/509
• Discovered in 1895 by Wilhelm Conrad Roentgen.
X‐Ray Production
• Electrons are
accelerated
from
cathode
to
anode.
• When high energy electrons hit atoms of heavy
metals, the atoms produce X‐ray photons.
e-
e-
h
Anode (+)
Cathode(-)
h
![Page 308: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/308.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 308/509
metals, the atoms produce X ray photons.
X‐Ray
Tube
![Page 309: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/309.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 309/509
Generation
of
X‐
rays
• Depends on thermionic emission and acceleration of electrons from
a heater filament
• During that process, electrons emitted from cathode are
accelerated by anode voltage
• Kinetic energy loss at an anode is converted to X‐rays
• The relative position of an electron with respect to the nucleus determines the frequency and energy of the emitted X‐ray
• X‐rays produced in an X‐ray tube contain two types of radiation
– Bremsstrahlung – characteristic radiation
• The word Bremsstrahlung is retained from the German language to
describe the radiation that is emitted when electrons are
decelerated
• It is characterized by a continuous distribution of X‐ray intensity and
shifts toward higher frequencies when the energy of the
bombarding electrons is increased
![Page 310: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/310.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 310/509
• Characteristic X‐rays, on the other hand, produce peaks of intensity
at particular
photon
energies
Generated
X‐
Ray
spectrum• In practice, emitted radiation is filtered, intentionally or not, producing high‐pass filter response as low‐energy
radiation is completely attenuated
• As a result,
the
final
X‐ray
spectrum
has
band
‐pass
type characteristics with several local peaks
superimposed on it
![Page 311: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/311.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 311/509
Schematic representation
of
a standard X‐ray system
![Page 312: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/312.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 312/509
Object
• What can happen to an X-ray when itencounters the object to be imaged?
Passes right through the object.
Absorbed completely by the object.
Scattered by the object
![Page 313: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/313.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 313/509
Attenuation Coefficient
5
10 50 100 150
1
0.1
Attenuation
Coefficient
Photon Energy (keV)
500
Bone
MuscleFat
![Page 314: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/314.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 314/509
Attenuation coefficients tell you the “x-ray blocking power” of a material.
Photon Energy (keV)
Attenuation Coefficient
• Coefficient depends
on
the
property
of
the
material.
– Density (Bone has a high density compared to soft
tissues) – Chemical Make‐up (Lead blocks x‐rays; lead
screening used to protect patient & technicians)
![Page 315: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/315.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 315/509
Detector
• A special
photographic
film
is
used
to
capture the x‐ray photons which passed
through the object.
• The film is then processed.
• Film turns dark where it was exposed to x‐
Exposure
(Capture)Processing Image
![Page 316: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/316.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 316/509
p
ray photons.
Typical X‐Ray
Images
X-ray image of hand
Dental X-ray
![Page 317: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/317.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 317/509
Mammogram
Image Quality
Factors
• Source
– Energy of
the
photons
– Collimation
• Object
– Attenuation coefficient
– Source‐object geometry
• Detector
– Object‐
detector
geometry – Efficiency
![Page 318: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/318.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 318/509
Advantages of
Standard
Diagnostic
Medical X‐ray Imaging Systems
• Readily available
• Reasonably cheap
• Simple systems to maintain
• Many experienced and trained personnel due
to the fact that technology has existed for a
while
![Page 319: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/319.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 319/509
Disadvantages of
Diagnostic
Medical X‐ray Imaging Systems
• Exposure to
harmful
radiation.
• Not much contrast between different soft
tissues.
• Image is
a shadowgram
(projection
image)
with no depth information.
![Page 320: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/320.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 320/509
II. Computed Tomography
![Page 321: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/321.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 321/509
Basic Concepts• All x‐ray imaging systems consist of an x‐ray source, a collimator, and an x‐ray
detector
• Diagnostic medical x‐ray systems utilize externally generated x‐rays with energies
of 20–150 keV
• The “shadow graph” images obtained are the results of the variations in the
intensity of
the
transmitted
x‐ray
beam
after
it
has
passed
through
tissues
and
body fluids of different densities
• Advantages – high‐resolution
– high‐contrast images
– relatively small patient exposure
– permanent record
of
the
image
• Disadvantages – significant geometric distortion
– inability to discern depth information
– incapability of providing real‐time imagery
• Conventional radiography
(X
‐Ray
imaging)
is
the
imaging
method
of
choice
for
such tasks as dental, chest, and bone imagery
• When this procedure is used to project three‐dimensional objects into a two‐
dimensional plane, however, difficulties are encountered
• Structures represented on the film overlap, and it becomes difficult to distinguish
b t ti th t i il i d it
![Page 322: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/322.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 322/509
between tissues that are similar in density.
• Conventional x‐ray
techniques
are
unable
to
obtain
distinguishable/
interpretable
images of the brain, which consists primarily of soft tissue
X‐
ray
technique
for
visualizing
three‐
dimensionalstructures
• Known as plane tomography
• The imaging of specific planes or cross sections within the body became
possible
• The x‐ray source is moved in one direction, while the photographic film
(which is placed on the other side of the body and picks up the x‐rays) is
simultaneously moved in the other direction
• X‐rays
travel
continuously,
changing
paths
through
the
body,
each
ray
passes through the same point on the plane or cross section of interest
throughout the exposure
• Structures in the desired plane are brought sharply into focus and are
displayed on
film,
whereas
structures
in
all
the
other
planes
are
obscured
and show up only as a blur
• Better than conventional methods in revealing the position and details of
various structures and in providing three dimensional information by such
![Page 323: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/323.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 323/509
a two‐dimensional presentation
Tomography• Limitations – does not really localize a
single plane, since there is
some error in
– the depth
perception
obtained
– large contrasts in radio
density are usually
required in order to obtain
high‐quality
images
that
are easy to interpret
– x‐ray doses for tomography are higher
than
routine
radiographs,
and because the
exposures are longer, patient motion may
degrade the image
• A tomogram is made by having the x‐ray
source move in one direction during the
exposure
and
the
film
in
the
other
direction• In the projected image, only one plane in
the body remains stationary with respect to
the moving film
• In the picture, all other planes in the body
![Page 324: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/324.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 324/509
content are blurred
Computerized Tomography• Consists
of
a scanning
and
detection
system, a computer, and a display
medium
• Combines image‐reconstruction
techniques with x‐ray absorption
measurements in
such
a way
as
to
facilitate the display of any internal organ in two‐dimensional axial slices
or by reconstruction in the Z axis in
three dimensions
• A collimated
beam
of
x‐rays
is
directed through the section of body
being scanned to a detector that is
located on the other side of the
patient
• With a narrowly
collimated
source
and
detector
system,
it
is
possible
to
send
a
narrow beam of x‐rays to a specific detection site
• Some of the energy of the x‐rays is absorbed, while the remainder continues to
the detector and is measured
I i d h h d ll i f l
![Page 325: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/325.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 325/509
• In computerized tomography, the detector system usually consists of a crystal
(such as cesium iodide or cadmium tungstate) that has the ability to scintillate
or emit light photons when bombarded with x‐rays
• The intensity of these light photons or “bundles of energy” is in turn
measured by
photo
‐detectors
and
provides
a measure
of
the
energy
absorbed (or transmitted) by the medium that is penetrated by the x‐
ray beam
• Since the x‐ray source and detector system are usually mounted on a
frame or
“scanning
gantry,”
they
can
be
moved
together
across
and
around the object being visualized
• In early designs, for example, x‐ray absorption measurements were
made and
recorded
at
each
rotational
position
traversed
by
the
source and detector system creating an absorption profile for that
angular position
• To obtain another absorption profile, the scanning gantry holding the
x‐ray
source
and
detector
was
then
rotated
through
a small
angle
and
an additional set of absorption or transmission measurements was
recorded
• Each x‐ray profile or projection obtained in this fashion is basically
![Page 326: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/326.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 326/509
• Each x‐ray profile or projection obtained in this fashion is basically
one‐dimensional
• It is as wide as the body but only as thick as the cross section
Example 160 x 160 picture matrix• Exact
number
of
these
equally
spaced
positions determines the dimensions to
be represented by the picture elements
that constitute the display
• Absorption measurements from 160
equally
spaced
positions
in
each
translation are required
• Each one‐dimensional array constitutes
one x‐ray profile or projection
• To obtain the next profile, the scanning
unit is rotated a certain number of
degrees around
the
patient,
and
160
more linear readings are taken at this
new position
• Process is repeated again and again
until the unit has been rotated a full
180°• When all the projections have been
collected, 160 x 180, or 28,800,
individual x‐ray intensity measurements
are available to form a reconstruction
• Each of the measurements obtained by the
preceding procedure enters the resident
computer and
is
stored
in
memory
• Once all the absorption data have been
obtained and located in the computer’s
memory, the software packages developed to
analyze the data by means of image‐
![Page 327: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/327.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 327/509
of a cross
section
of
the
patient’s
head
or body
y y g
reconstruction algorithms
are
called
into
action
Image reconstruction• Computer
initially
establishes
a grid
consisting
of
a number
of
small
squares for the cross section of interest, depending on the size of the
desired display
• Since the cross section of the body has thickness, each of these squares
represents
a
volume
of
tissue,
a
rectangular
solid
whose
length
is
determined by the slice thickness and whose width is determined by the
size of the matrix
• Such a three‐dimensional block of tissue is referred to as a “voxel” (or “volume element”) and is on the display in two dimensions as a “pixel”
(or “picture
element”)
• During the scanning process, each voxel is irradiated by a narrow beam
of x‐rays up to 180 times
• The absorption caused by that voxel contributes to up to 180 absorption
measurements, each measurement part of a different projection
• Each voxel
affects
a unique
set
of
absorption
measurements
to
which
it
has contributed, the computer calculates the total absorption due to
that voxel
• Using the total absorption and the dimension of the voxel, the average
![Page 328: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/328.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 328/509
absorption
coefficient
of
the
tissues
in
that
voxel
is
determined
precisely
and displayed
in
a corresponding
pixel
as
a shade
of
grey
• The cross section of interest can be considered to be
made up of a set of blocks of material
• Each block has an attenuating effect upon the
passage of the x‐ray energy or photons, absorbing
some of the incident energy passing through it
• The first block absorbs a fraction A1 of the incident
photons, the
second
a fraction
A2,
and
so
on,
so
that
the n‐th block absorbs a fraction An
• The total fraction “A” absorbed through all the blocks
is the product of all the fractions, while the
logarithm of this total absorption fraction is defined
as the
measured
absorption
• Only the measured absorption factors A(1), A(2), A(3),
and A(4) would be known, but this can be solved since
4 simultaneous equations and 4 unknowns
• To reconstruct a cross section containing n rows of
![Page 329: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/329.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 329/509
blocks and
n columns,
it
is
necessary
to
makeat least
n individual absorption measurements from at least n
directions
“Back‐projection” method of Image Reconstruction• A parallel beam of x‐rays is directed past and
through a cylinder
‐absorbing
substance
• a shadow of the cylinder is cast on the x‐ray film
• density of the exposed and developed film along the
line AA can be regarded as a projection of the object
• If
a
series
of
such
radiographs
are
taken
at
equally
spaced angles around the cylinder, these
radiographs then constitute the set of projections
from which the cross section has to be
reconstructed
• An
approximate
reconstruction
can
be
reproduced
by directing parallel beams of light through all the
radiographs in turn from the position in which they
were taken
• The correct cross section can be reconstructed by
back‐projecting the original shadow and subtracting
the result of back‐projecting two beams placed on
either side of the original shadow
• Mathematically, this is the equivalent of taking each
transmission value in the projection and subtracting
from it a quantity proportional to adjacent values
![Page 330: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/330.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 330/509
from it a quantity proportional to adjacent values
• This process is called convolution and is actually used
to modify projections
Back‐projection
![Page 331: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/331.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 331/509
• A file, usually known as the picture file,
is
created
in
the
computer
memory• Contains an absorption coefficient or density reading for each element of the
final picture
• Resultant absorption coefficients for
each element
of
the
image
calculated
in
this manner can then be displayed as
gray tones or color scales on a visual display
• Each element or “pixel” of the picture
file has
a value
that
represents
the
density (or more precisely the relative
absorption coefficient) of a volume in
the cross section of the body being
examined
• The scale developed by Hounsfield
demonstrates the values of absorption
coefficients that range from air (–1,000) at the bottom of the scale to bone at
![Page 332: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/332.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 332/509
the
top
CT Technology
• CT scanners are usually integrated units consisting of
three major elements:
1. The scanning
gantry ,
which
takes
the
readings
in
a suitable form and quantity for a picture to be
reconstructed
2. The
data‐
handling
unit ,
which
converts
these
readings
into intelligible picture information, displays this picture
information in a visual format, and provides various
manipulative aids to enhance the image and thereby
assist the
physician
in
forming
a diagnosis
3. A storage facility , which enables the information to be
examined or reexamined at any time after the actual
![Page 333: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/333.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 333/509
scan
The Scanning Gantry• The
objective
of
the
scanning
system
is
to
obtain
enough
information
to
reconstruct an image of the cross section of interest
• CT scanners have undergone several major gantry design changes
• Four generations
of
scanning gantry designs.
With modern slip ring
technology, third‐ or
fourth‐generation
geometry allows spiral
volumetric scanning using
slice widths from 1 to 10
mm and pixel matrixes to
10,242• Typically, a 50‐cm volume
can be imaged with a
single breath hold
![Page 334: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/334.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 334/509
CT scanner
![Page 335: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/335.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 335/509
Mathematical algorithms for taking the
attenuation projection
data
• Can be classified into two categories: – iterative
– Analytic
• The iterative
techniques
(also
known
as
the
algebraic
reconstruction
technique [ART]), such as the one used by Hounsfield in the first‐generation scanner, require an initial guess of the two‐dimensional pattern of x‐ray absorption
• The attenuation projection data predicted by this guess are then
calculated and
the
results
compared
with
the
measured
data
• The difference between the measured data and predicted values is used in
an iterative manner so the initial guess is modified and that difference
goes to zero
• In general, a large number of iterations are required for convergence, with
the process
usually
halted
when
the
difference
between
the
calculated
and the measured data is below a specified error limit
• A number of different versions of the ART were developed and used with
first‐ and second‐generation CAT scanners
• Later‐generation scanners used analytic reconstruction techniques, since
![Page 336: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/336.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 336/509
the iterative
methods
were
computationally
slow
and
had
convergence
problems in the presence of noise
Analytic Algorithm
• Analytic techniques
include
the
Fourier
transform,
back
‐projection,
filtered
back
‐projection, and convolution back‐projection approaches
• All of the analytic methods differ from the iterative methods in that the image is
reconstructed directly from the attenuation projection data
• Analytic techniques
use
the
central
section
theorem
and
the
two
‐dimensional
Fourier transform
Given an image , , a single projection is taken along the direction, forming a
projection described by
This projection represents an array of line integrals
The two dimensional Fourier transform of , is
given by
In the Fourier domain, along the line 0, this
transform becomes
![Page 337: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/337.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 337/509
• which can be rewritten as
where 1 represents a one‐dimensional Fourier transform
• It can
be
shown
that
the
transform
of
each
projection
forms
a radial
line
in
, , and therefore , can be determined by taking projections at many
angles and taking these transforms
• When , is completely described, the reconstructed image can be found
by
taking
the
inverse
Fourier
transform
to
obtain
,
![Page 338: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/338.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 338/509
CT scanners may be compared with one another by considering
the following
ten
factors:
1. Gantry design, which affects scan speed, patient processing time, and cost‐effectiveness
2. Aperture size, which determines the maximum size of the patient along with the weight
carrying capacity of the couch
3. The type of x‐ray source, which affects the patient radiation dose and the overall life of the scanning device
4. X‐ray fan beam angle and scan field, which affects resolution
5. The slice thickness, as well as the number of pulses and the angular rotation of the
source, which are important in determining resolution
6. The number and types of detectors, which are critical parameters in image quality
7. The type of minicomputer employed, which is important in assessing system capability
and flexibility
8. The type of data‐handling routines available with the system, which are important user
and reliability considerations
9. The storage capacity of the system, which is important in ascertaining the accessibility of
the stored data
10. Upgradeability and connectivity—that is, they should be capable of modular
upgradeability and should communicate to any available network
![Page 339: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/339.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 339/509
III. Diagnostic
Ultrasound
Imaging
![Page 340: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/340.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 340/509
Introduction
• Ultrasound is a non-ionizing method which uses sound waves of
frequencies (2 to 10 MHz) exceeding the range of human hearing for
imaging
• Medical diagnostic ultrasound uses ultrasound energy and the
acoustic properties of the body to produce an image from stationary
and moving tissues
• Ultrasound is used in pulse-echo format, whereby pulses of
ultrasound produced over a very brief duration travel through various
tissues and are reflected at tissue boundaries back to the source• Returning echoes carry the ultrasound information that is used to
create the sonogram or measure blood velocities with Doppler
frequency techniques
• Along a given beam path, the depth of an echo-producing structure
is determined from the time between the pulse-emission and the
echo return, and the amplitude of the echo is encoded as a gray-
scale value
• In addition to 2D imaging, ultrasound provides anatomic distance
d l t ti t di bl d l it
![Page 341: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/341.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 341/509
and volume measurements, motion studies, blood velocitymeasurements, and 3D imaging
• Returning echoes carry the ultrasound information that is used to
create the sonogram or measure blood velocities with Doppler
frequency techniques
•
• Along a given beam path, the depth of an echo-producing structure
is determined from the time between the pulse-emission and the
echo return, and the amplitude of the echo is encoded as a gray-
scale value
•
• In addition to 2D imaging, ultrasound provides anatomic distance
and volume measurements, motion studies, blood velocity
measurements, and 3D imaging
![Page 342: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/342.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 342/509
Characteristics of SoundFrequency
Frequency (f) is the number of times the wave oscillates
through a cycle each second (sec) (Hertz: Hz or cycles/sec)Infra sound < 15 Hz
Audible sound ~ 15 Hz - 20 kHzUltrasound > 20 kHz; for medical usage typically 2-10 MHz withspecialized ultrasound applications up to 50 MHz
period () - the time duration of one wave cycle: = 1/f
![Page 343: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/343.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 343/509
Characteristics of Sound Speed
The speed or velocity of sound is the distance traveled by the wave
per unit time and is equal to the wavelength divided by the period
(1/f)speed = wavelength / period
speed = wavelength x frequency
c = f
c [m/sec] = [m] * f [1/sec]
Speed of sound is dependent on the propagation medium and varieswidely in different materials
![Page 344: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/344.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 344/509
Characteristics of Sound
Speed
• A highly compressible medium such as air, has a low speed of
sound, while a less compressible medium such as bone has ahigher speed of sound
• The difference in the speed of sound at tissue boundaries is a
fundamental cause of contrast in an ultrasound image
![Page 345: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/345.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 345/509
fundamental cause of contrast in an ultrasound image
Characteristics of Sound Wavelength, Frequency
and Speed• The ultrasound frequency is unaffected by
changes in sound speed as the acousticbeam propagates through various media
• Thus, the ultrasound wavelength isdependent on the medium (c = f )
• A change in speed at an interface betweentwo media causes a change in wavelength
• Higher frequency sound has shorterwavelength
• Ultrasound wavelength determines thespatial resolution achievable along thedirection of the beam
• A high-frequency ultrasound beam (smallwavelength) provides superior resolutionand image detail than a low-frequency beam
• However, the depth of beam penetration isreduced at high frequency and increased atlow frequencies
• For thick body parts (abdomen), a lowerfrequency ultrasound wave is used (3.5 to 5 MHz)to image structures at significant depth
• For small body parts or organs (thyroid breast) a
![Page 346: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/346.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 346/509
For small body parts or organs (thyroid, breast), ahigher frequency is employed (7.5 to 10 MHz)
Characteristics of SoundPressure, Intensity and the dB scale
• The amplitude of a wave is the size of the wave displacement
• Larger amplitudes of vibration produce denser compression bands and,hence, higher intensities of sound
• Intensity of ultrasound is the amount of power (energy per unit time)
per unit area proportional to the square of the pressure amplitude, I
P2
units of milliwatts/cm2
or mW/cm2
• Measured in decibels (dB) as a relative intensity
dB = 10 log10 (I2/I1) or dB = 20 log10 (P2/P1) since I P2
I1 and I2 are intensity values
P1 and P2 are pressure or amplitude variations
(1 B = 10 dB where B is bels)
![Page 347: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/347.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 347/509
![Page 348: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/348.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 348/509
Interactions of Ultrasound with Matter
• Ultrasound interactions are determined by the acoustic properties ofmatter
• As ultrasound energy propagates through a medium, interactionsthat occur include
• reflection• refraction
• scattering
• Absorption (attenuation)
• Acoustic Impedance, Zis equal to density of the material times speed of sound in thematerial in which ultrasound travels, Z = c
= density (kg/m3) and c = speed of sound (m/sec)measured in rayl (kg/m2sec)
• Air and lung media have low values of Z, whereas bone and metalhave high values• Large differences in Z (air-filled lung and soft tissue) cause
reflection, small differences allow transmission of sound energy• The differences between acoustic impedance values at an interface
determines the amount of energy reflected at the interface
![Page 349: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/349.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 349/509
determines the amount of energy reflected at the interface
Reflection
• A portion of the ultrasound beam is reflected at tissue interface• The sound reflected back toward the source is called an echo and
is used to generate the ultrasound image
• The percentage of ultrasound intensity reflected depends in part onthe angle of incidence of the beam
• As the angle of incidence increases, reflected sound is less likely toreach the transducer
![Page 350: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/350.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 350/509
• Sound reflection occurs at tissue boundaries with differences inacoustic impedance
• The intensity reflection coefficient, R = Ir /Ii = ((Z2 – Z1)/(Z2 + Z1))2
• The subscripts 1 and 2 represent tissues proximal and distal to theboundary.
• Equation only applies to normal incidence• The transmission coefficient = T = 1 – R
T = (4Z1Z2)/(Z1+Z2)2
![Page 351: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/351.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 351/509
Tissue reflections
• Air/tissue interfaces reflect virtually all of the incident ultrasound beam
• Gel is applied to displace the air and minimize large reflections• Bone/tissue interfaces also reflect substantial fractions of the incidentintensity
• Imaging through air or bone is generally not possible• The lack of transmissions beyond these interfaces results in an
area void of echoes called shadowing• In imaging the abdomen, the strongest echoes are likely to arise from
gas bubbles• Organs such as kidney, pancreas, spleen and liver are comprised of
sub-regions that contain many scattering sites, which results in a
speckled texture on images• Organs with fluids such as bladder, cysts, and blood vessels have
almost no echoes (appear black)
![Page 352: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/352.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 352/509
Refraction
• Refraction is the change in direction of an ultrasoundbeam when passing from one medium to anotherwith a different acoustic velocity
• Wavelength changes causing a change inpropagation direction (c = f)
• sin(t) = sin(i) * (c2/c1), Snell’s law;for small ≤ 15o: t = i * (c2/c1)
• When c2 > c1, t > i , When c1 > c2, t < i
• Ultrasound machines assume straight linepropagation, and refraction effects give rise toartifacts
![Page 353: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/353.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 353/509
Scatter
• Acoustic scattering arises from objects within a tissue that are about
the size of the wavelength of the incident beam or smaller, and
represent a rough or nonspecular reflector surface• As frequency increases, the non-specular (diffuse scatter)
interactions increase, resulting in an increased attenuation and lossof echo intensity
• Scatter gives rise to the characteristic speckle patterns of variousorgans, and is important in contributing to the gray-scale range in theimage
![Page 354: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/354.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 354/509
Attenuation
• Ultrasound attenuation, the loss of energy with distance
travelled, is caused chiefly by scattering and tissueabsorption of the incident beam (dB)
• The intensity loss per unit distance (dB/cm) is theattenuation coefficient
• Rule of thumb: attenuation in soft tissue is approx. 1dB/cm/MHz
• The attenuation coefficient is directly proportional toand increases with frequency
• Attenuation is medium dependent
![Page 355: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/355.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 355/509
Transducers
• A transducer is a device that can
convert one form of energy intoanother
• Piezoelectric transducers convert
electrical energy into ultrasonicenergy and vice versa
(Piezoelectric means pressure
electricity )
• High-frequency voltage
oscillations are produced by a
pulse generator and are sent to
the ultrasound transducer by atransmitter
• The electrical energy causes thepiezoelectric crystal to
momentarily change shape
(expand and contract dependingon current direction)
![Page 356: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/356.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 356/509
• This change in shape of the crystal increases and decreases
the pressure in front of the transducer, thus producingultrasound waves
• When the crystal is subjected to pressure changes by the
returning ultrasound echoes, the pressure changes are
converted back into electrical energy signals• Return voltage signals are transferred from the receiver to a
computer to create an ultrasound image
• Transducer crystals do not conduct electricity but are coated
with a thin layer of silver which acts as an electrode• The piezoelectric effect of a transducer is destroyed if
heated above its curie temperature limit
• Transducers are made of a synthetic ceramic
(peizoceramic) such as lead-zirconate-titanate (PZT) orplastic polyvinylidence difluoride (PVDF) or a composite
• A transducer may be used in either pulsed or continuous-wave mode
• A transducer can be used both as a transmitter and receiverof ultrasonic waves
![Page 357: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/357.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 357/509
of ultrasonic waves
• The thickness of apiezoelectric crystal
determines the resonant
frequency of the
transducer
• The operating resonant
frequency is determined
by the thickness of thecrystal equal to ½
wavelength (t=/2) of
emitted sound in the
crystal compound• Resonance transducers
transmit and receive
preferentially at a single
“centre frequency”
![Page 358: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/358.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 358/509
Damping Block
• The damping block absorbs the backward directed ultrasoundenergy and attenuates stray ultrasound signals from the housing
• It also dampens (ring-down) the transducer vibration to create an
ultrasound pulse with a short spatial pulse length, which is
necessary to preserve detail along the beam axis (axial resolution)
![Page 359: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/359.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 359/509
Q factor
• The Q factor is related to thefrequency response of the crystal
• The Q factor determines thepurity of the sound and length of
time the sound persists, or ringdown time
• Q = operating frequency (MHz) /bandwidth (width of thefrequency distribution)
• Q = f 0/BW
• High-Q transducers produce a
relatively pure frequencyspectrum
• Low-Q transducers produce awider range of frequencies
![Page 360: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/360.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 360/509
Matching Layer
• A matching layer of material is placed on the front surface of the
transducer to improve the efficiency of energy transmission into thepatient
• The material has acoustic properties intermediate to those of soft
tissue and the transducer material
• The matching layer thickness is equal to ¼ the wavelength of sound
in that material (quarter-wave matching)
• Acoustic coupling gel is used to eliminate air pockets that could
attenuate and reflect the ultrasound beam
![Page 361: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/361.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 361/509
Non-resonance (Broad-Bandwidth) “Multi-frequency” Transducers
![Page 362: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/362.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 362/509
Transducer Arrays
• Linear or curvilinear arraytransducers
• 256 to 512 elements
• Simultaneous firing of
a small group ofapprox. 20 elements
produces theultrasound beam
• Rectangular field of
view produced for
linear and trapezoidal
for curvilinear arraytransducers
• Phased array transducers
• 64 to 128 elements
• All are activated simultaneously
• Using time delays can steer and focus beam electronically
![Page 363: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/363.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 363/509
![Page 364: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/364.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 364/509
Ultrasound Beam Properties: Near Field and Far
Field
• Near (parallel) Field “Fresnelzone”
• Is adjacent to thetransducer face and has aconverging beam profile
• Convergence occursbecause of multipleconstructive anddestructive interferencepatterns of the ultrasoundwaves (pebble dropped ina quiet pond)
• Near Zone length = d2/4 =r 2/(d=transducer diameter,r=transducer radius )
![Page 365: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/365.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 365/509
• Unfocused transducer, Near Zone
length = d2/4 = r 2/• A focused single element
transducer uses either a curvedelement or an acoustic lens:
• Reduce beam diameter
• All diagnostic transducers arefocused
• Focal zone is the region overwhich the beam is focused
• A focal zone describes the
region of best lateral resolution
![Page 366: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/366.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 366/509
• The far field or Fraunhofer
zone is where the beamdiverges
• Angle of divergence
for non-focused
transducer is given by• sin() = 1.22 /d
• Less beam divergence
occurs with high-
frequency, large-
diameter transducers
![Page 367: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/367.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 367/509
Ultrasound Beam Properties - Side Lobes
• Side lobes are unwanted emissions of ultrasound energy directed
away from the main pulse
• Caused by the radial expansion and contraction of the transducerelement during thickness contraction and expansion
• Lobes get larger with transducer size• Echoes received from side lobes are mapped into the main beam,
causing artifacts
![Page 368: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/368.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 368/509
• For multielement arrays, side lobe emission occurs in a forward
direction along main beam• Grating lobes result when ultrasound energy is emitted far off-axis
by multielement arrays, and are a consequence of thenoncontinuous transducer surface of the discrete elements
• results in appearance of highly reflective, off-axis objects in
the main beam
![Page 369: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/369.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 369/509
Image Data Acquisition
![Page 370: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/370.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 370/509
![Page 371: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/371.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 371/509
![Page 372: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/372.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 372/509
![Page 373: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/373.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 373/509
Pulse Echo OperationPulse Repetition Frequency (PRF)
• Diagnostic ultrasound utilizes a pulse-echo format using a single
transducer to generate images• Most ultrasound beams are emitted in brief pulses (1-2 s duration)•
• For soft tissue (c = 1540 m/s or 0.154 cm/sec), the time delaybetween the transmission pulse and the detection of the echo is
directly related to the depth of the interface as• c = 2D / time• Time ( sec) = 2D (cm) / c (cm/ sec) = 2D/0.154• Time ( sec) = 13 sec x D (cm)• Distance (cm) = [c (cm/ sec) x Time ( sec)] / 2
• Distance (cm) = 0.077 x Time ( sec)
![Page 374: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/374.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 374/509
Spatial Resolution
Spatial resolution has 3 distinct measures: axial, lateral and slice
thickness (elevational)
![Page 375: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/375.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 375/509
![Page 376: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/376.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 376/509
Spatial Resolution - Axial
• Axial resolution (linear, range,
longitudinal or depth resolution) isthe ability to separate two objects
lying along the axis of the beam
• Achieving good axial resolution
requires that the returning echoesbe distinct without overlap
• The minimal required separation
distance between two boundaries
is ½ SPL (about ½ ) to avoid
overlap of returning echoes
![Page 377: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/377.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 377/509
Spatial Resolution - Lateral
• Lateral resolution - the ability
to resolve adjacent objectsperpendicular to the beam
direction and is determined by
the beam width and line
density
• Typical lateral resolution
(unfocused) is 2 - 5 mm, and is
depth dependent• Single focused transducers
restrain the beam to withinnarrow lateral dimensions at aspecified depth using lenses atthe transducer face
![Page 378: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/378.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 378/509
Spatial Resolution - Slice thickness (Elevational)
• Elevational resolution is dependent on the transducer element
height
• Perpendicular to the image plane
• Use of a fixed focal length lens across the entire surface of the arrayprovides improved elevational resolution at the focal distance,however partial volume effects before and after focal zone
![Page 379: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/379.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 379/509
Display
• Ultrasound scanners use time
gain compensation (TGC) to
compensate for increasedattenuation with depth
• TGC is also known as depth
gain compensation, time
varied gain, and swept gain• Images are normally displayed
on a video monitor or stored in acomputer
• Generally 512 x 512 matrix size
images, 8 bits deep allowing 256gray levels to be displayed, 0.25MB data
![Page 380: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/380.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 380/509
Display Modes: A-mode
• A-mode “amplitude” mode:
displays echo amplitude vs. time
(depth)
• One “A-line” of data per pulserepetition
• A-mode used in ophthalmology
or when accurate distance
measurements are required
![Page 381: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/381.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 381/509
Display Modes: B-mode
• B-mode (B for brightness) isthe electronic conversion of the
A-mode and A-line information
into brightness-modulated dots
on a display screen• In general, the brightness of
the dot is proportional to the
echo signal amplitude• Used for M-mode ad 2D gray-
scale imaging
![Page 382: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/382.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 382/509
Display Modes: M-mode
• M-mode (“motion” mode) or T-
M mode (“time-motion” mode):
displays time evolution vs.
depth
• Sequential US pulse lines are
displayed adjacent to each
other, allowing visualization of
interface motion
• M-mode is valuable forstudying rapid movement, suchas mitral valve leaflets
![Page 383: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/383.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 383/509
Scan Converter
• The function of the scan converter is to create 2D images from echo
formation received and to perform scan conversion to enable imagedata to be viewed on video display monitors
• Scan conversion is necessary because the image acquisition and
display occur in different formats
• Modern scan converters use digital methods for processing andstoring data
• For color display, the bit depth is often as much as 24 bits or 3 bytesof primary color
![Page 384: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/384.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 384/509
![Page 385: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/385.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 385/509
Lecture 7Digital signal processing of Biosignals
Dr.R.B.Ghongade
Department of E&TC,
V.I.I.T., Pune‐411048
![Page 386: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/386.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 386/509
Objectives
• Noise removal
• Clearly understand the nature (analysis)
• Diagnosis of the underlying pathology
• Aid in treatment (specific instances)
![Page 387: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/387.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 387/509
SOURCES OF VARIABILITY: NOISE
• Noise is a very general and somewhat relative
term: noise is what you do not want and signal is what you do want
• Noise is inherent in most measurement
systems and often the limiting factor in the performance of a medical instrument
• Many signal processing techniques are motivated by the desire to minimize the variability in the measurement
![Page 388: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/388.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 388/509
VARIABILITY
• In biomedical measurements, variability has four different
origins
(1) physiological variability
(2) environmental noise or interference(3) transducer artifact
(4) electronic noise
• Physiological variability is due to the fact that the information
you desire is based on a measurement subject to biological
influences other than those of interest
– For example, assessment of respiratory function based on
the measurement of blood pO2could be confounded by other physiological mechanisms that alter blood pO2
– can be a very difficult problem to solve, sometimes
requiring a totally different approach
![Page 389: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/389.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 389/509
• Environmental noise can come from sources
external or internal to the body
– example is the measurement of fetal ECG where the desired signal is corrupted by the mother’s ECG
– not possible to describe the specific characteristics of
environmental noise, typical noise reduction techniques such as filtering are not usually successful
– can be reduced using adaptive techniques
–
techniques do not require prior knowledge of noise characteristics
![Page 390: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/390.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 390/509
•
Transducer artifact is produced when the transducer responds to energy modalities
other than that desired
– For example, recordings of electrical potentials using electrodes placed on the skin are sensitive
to motion artifact , where the electrodes respond
to mechanical movement as well as the desired electrical signal
– Transducer artifacts can sometimes be
successfully addressed by modifications in transducer design
![Page 391: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/391.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 391/509
• Electronic noise has well‐known sources and
characteristics
• Electronic noise falls into two broad classes
–
thermal
or Johnson
noise, – shot noise
• Johnson noise is produced primarily in resistor or
resistance materials • Shot noise is related to voltage barriers associated
with semiconductors
• Both sources produce noise with a broad range of frequencies often extending from DC to 1012 –1013 Hz
• Such a broad spectrum noise is referred to as white
noise since it contains energy at all frequencies
![Page 392: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/392.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 392/509
![Page 393: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/393.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 393/509
Johnson Noise• Johnson or thermal noise is produced by resistance
sources, and the amount of noise generated is related to the resistance and to the temperature:
where R is the resistance in ohms, T the temperature in degrees Kelvin, and k
is Boltzman’s constant (k = 1.38 × 10−23 J/°K).* B is the bandwidth, or range of
frequencies, that is allowed to pass through the measurement system(The system bandwidth is determined by the filter characteristics in the system, usually
the analog filtering in the system)
• If noise current is of interest, the equation for Johnson noise
current can be obtained as:
![Page 394: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/394.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 394/509
•
Since Johnson noise is spread evenly over all frequencies, it is not possible to calculate a noise voltage or current without specifying B, the frequency range
• Since the bandwidth is not always known in advance, it is common to describe a relative
noise; specifically, the noise that would occur if the bandwidth were 1.0 Hz
• Such relative noise specification can be
identified by the unusual units required: or
![Page 395: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/395.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 395/509
Shot noise
• Shot noise is defined as a current noise and is
proportional to the baseline current through a
semiconductor junction
where q is the charge on an electron (1.662 × 10−19 coulomb), and Id is the
baseline semiconductor current
(In photo‐detectors, the baseline current that generates shot noise is termed the dark current, hence, the symbol Id)
• Noise is spread across all frequencies, the
bandwidth, BW, must be specified to obtain a specific value, or a relative noise can be specified in
![Page 396: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/396.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 396/509
Multiple Noise Sources
• When multiple noise sources are present, as is
often the case, their voltage or current contributions to the total noise add as the square root of the sum of the squares,
assuming that the individual noise sources are independent
![Page 397: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/397.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 397/509
Signal‐to‐Noise Ratio• Most waveforms consist of signal plus noise mixed together
• Signal and noise are relative terms, relative to the task at
hand: the signal is that portion of the waveform of interest
while the noise is everything else
• Goal of signal processing is to separate out signal from noise,
to identify the presence of a signal buried in noise, or to
detect features of a signal buried in noise
• The relative amount of signal and noise present in a waveform is usually quantified by the signal‐to‐noise ratio, SNR
• Is the ratio of signal to noise, both measured in RMS (root‐
mean‐squared) amplitude
![Page 398: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/398.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 398/509
It is difficult to detect
presence of the signal visually when the SNR is
−3 db, and impossible
when the SNR is −10 db
The ability to detect signals with low SNR is the goal and motivation for many of the
signal processing tools
![Page 399: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/399.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 399/509
ANALOG‐TO‐DIGITAL CONVERSION: BASIC
CONCEPTS• Converts an analog voltage to an equivalent digital number
• Analog or continuous waveform, x (t ), is converted into a
discrete waveform, x (n), a function of real numbers that are defined only at discrete integers, n
• Requires – slicing in time
– slicing in amplitude• Slicing the signal into discrete points in time is termed time
sampling or simply sampling
• Time slicing samples the continuous waveform, x (t ), at
discrete points in time, nTs, where Ts is the sample interval
• Since the binary output of the ADC is a discrete integer while the analog signal has a continuous range of values, analog‐to‐digital conversion also requires the analog signal to be sliced
into discrete levels, a process termed quantization
![Page 400: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/400.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 400/509
![Page 401: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/401.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 401/509
Quantization Error•
The number of bits used for conversion sets a lower limit on the resolution, and also determines the quantization error
• This error can be thought of as a
noise process added to the signal• If a sufficient number of quantization
levels exist (say N > 64), the distortion produced by quantization error may be modeled as additive independent white noise with zero mean with the variance determined by the quantization step size, δ = VMAX/2N
• Assuming that the error is uniformly distributed between −δ/2 +δ/2, the
variance, σ, is:
• Assuming a uniform distribution, the RMS value of the noise would be just twice the
standard deviation, σ
![Page 402: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/402.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 402/509
Noise Representation
• Noise is usually represented as a random variable, x (n)
• Describing noise as a function of time is not very useful
• More common to discuss other properties of noise such : – probability distribution – range of variability
– frequency characteristics
• Noise can take on a variety of different probability
distributions• Central Limit Theorem implies that most noise will have a
Gaussian or normal distribution
• The Central Limit Theorem states that when noise is
generated by
a large
number
of
independent
sources
it
will
have a Gaussian probability distribution regardless of the
probability distribution characteristics of the individual sources
![Page 403: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/403.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 403/509
(A) The distribution of
20,000 uniformly
distributed random
numbers.
(B) The distribution of
20,000 numbers, each of
which is the average of
two uniformly distributed
random numbers
(C) and (D) The
distribution obtained
when 3 and 8 random
numbers, still uniformly
distributed, are averaged
together
Although the underlying distribution is uniform, the averages of these
uniformly distributed numbers tend toward a Gaussian distribution
![Page 404: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/404.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 404/509
• The probability of a Gaussian distributed variable, x , is specified in the well‐known normal or Gaussian distribution equation
• Two important properties of a random variable are its mean, or
average value, and its variance, the term σ2
• The mean value of a discrete array of N samples is evaluated as:
• The sample variance, σ2, is calculated as
and the standard deviation, σ, is just the square root of the variance
• Normalizing the standard deviation or variance by 1/(N − 1) produces
the best estimate of the variance, if x is a sample from a Gaussian
distribution
![Page 405: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/405.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 405/509
• When multiple measurements are made, multiple random variables can be generated
• If these variables are combined or added together, the means add so that the resultant random variable is simply the mean, or average, of the individual means
• The same is true for the variance—the variances add and the average variance is the mean of the individual variances:
• But the standard deviation is the square root of the variance and the standard
deviations add as the times the average standard deviation
• Accordingly, the mean standard deviation is the average of the individual
standard deviations divided by
• Thus averaging noise from different sensors, or multiple observations from the
same source, will reduce the standard deviation of the noise by the square root
of
the
number
of
averages
![Page 406: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/406.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 406/509
Spectral characteristics of Noise• Energy distribution may vary with frequency
• Frequency characteristics of the noise are related to
how well, one instantaneous value of noise correlates with the adjacent instantaneous values: for digitized data how much one data point is correlated with its
neighbors
• If the noise has so much randomness that each point is independent of its neighbors, then it has a flat spectral
characteristic and vice versa, called as white noise• When white noise is filtered, it becomes bandlimited
and is referred to as colored noise
![Page 407: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/407.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 407/509
ENSEMBLE AVERAGING
• Averaging can be a simple, yet powerful signal processing technique for reducing noise when multiple observations of the signal are possible
• In many biomedical applications, the multiple observations come from repeated responses to the same stimulus
• In ensemble averaging, a group, or ensemble, of time responses are averaged together on a point‐by‐point basis; that is, an average signal is constructed by taking the average, for each point in time, over all signals in the ensemble
• Two essential requirements – the ability to obtain multiple observations
– reference signal closely time‐linked to the response
![Page 408: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/408.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 408/509
An ensemble of individual (vergence) eye movement
responses to a step change in stimulus
![Page 409: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/409.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 409/509
DATA FUNCTIONS AND TRANSFORMS
• In signal processing, most functions fall into two categories – waveforms, images, or other data
– entities that operate on waveforms, images, or other data • can be further divided into functions that modify the data, and
functions used to analyze or probe the data
• Example1: filter coefficients (modify the spectral content of a waveform)
• Example2: Fourier Transform uses functions (harmonically related sinusoids) to analyze the spectral content of a waveform
• Functions that modify data are also termed operationsor transformations
• A transform can be thought of as a re‐mapping of the
original data into a function that provides more information than the original
![Page 410: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/410.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 410/509
How transforms work!• Transforms are achieved by comparing the signal of interest with some
sort of probing function
• Comparison takes the form of a correlation (produced by multiplication)
that is averaged (or integrated) over the duration of the waveform, or
some portion of the waveform
where x (t ) is the waveform being analyzed, f m(t ) is the probing function and m is
some variable of the probing function, often specifying a particular member in a family of similar functions
• A family of probing functions is also termed a basis
• For discrete functions, a probing function consists of a sequence of values,
or vector, and the integral becomes summation over a finite range
where x(n) is the discrete waveform and f m(n) is a discrete version of the family
of probing functions. This equation assumes the probe and waveform functions are the same length
![Page 411: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/411.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 411/509
• When either x(t) or f m(t) are of infinite length, they must be truncated
• Also if the length of the probing function, f m(n), is shorter than the
waveform , x(n), then x(n) must be shortened in some way
• Can be shortened by simple truncation or by multiplying the function by
another function that has zero value beyond the desired length
• A function used to shorten another function is termed a window function
• Consequences of this artificial shortening will depend on the specific
window function used
where W(n) is the window function
![Page 412: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/412.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 412/509
Finite Support• If the probing function is of finite length ( finite support ) and this length is
shorter than the waveform, then it might be appropriate to translate or
slide it over the signal and perform the comparison (correlation, or
multiplication) at various relative positions between the waveform and
probing function
• The output would be a family of functions, or a two‐variable function, where one variable corresponds to the relative position between the two
functions and the other to the specific family member
where the variable k indicates the relative position between the two functions
and m is the family member as in the above equations
• Approach can be used for long—or even infinite—probing functions,
provided the probing function itself is shortened by windowing to a length that is less than the waveform
• The shortened probing function can be translated across the waveform in
the same manner as a probing function that is naturally short
Used in STFT
![Page 413: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/413.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 413/509
![Page 414: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/414.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 414/509
Projections•
All of the discrete equations (discussed so far) have one thing in common: they all feature the multiplication of two (or sometimes three) functions
and the summation of the product over some finite interval
• This multiplication and summation is the same as scalar product of the
two vectors
• When the probing function consists of a family of functions, then the scalar
product operations can be thought of as projecting the waveform vector
onto vectors representing the various family members
• In this vector‐based conceptualization, the probing function family, or basis, can be thought of as the axes of a coordinate system
• Hence the motivation behind development of probing functions that have
family members that are orthogonal or orthonormal so that the scalar
product computations (or projections) can be done on each axes (i.e., on
each family member) independently of the others
![Page 415: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/415.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 415/509
![Page 416: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/416.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 416/509
CONVOLUTION• Important concept in linear systems theory, solving the need for a time
domain operation equivalent to the Transfer Function
• Convolution can be used to define a general input–output relationship in
the time domain analogous to the Transfer Function in the frequency
domain
• The input, x(t), the output, y(t), and the function linking the two through
convolution, h(t), are all functions of time; hence, convolution is a time
domain operation
• Basic concept behind convolution is superposition
• The first step is to determine a time function, h(t ), that tells how the
system responds to an infinitely short segment of the input waveform
• If superposition holds, then the output can be determined by summing
(integrating) all the response contributions calculated from the short
segments
![Page 417: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/417.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 417/509
Impulse Response
• The way in which a linear system responds to an infinitely short
segment of data can be determined simply by noting the system’s response to an infinitely short input, an infinitely short pulse
• An infinitely short pulse (or one that is at least short compared to
the dynamics of the system) is termed an impulse or delta
function (commonly denoted δ(t )), and the response it produces is termed the impulse response, h(t ).
• Given that the impulse response describes the response of the system to an infinitely short segment of data, and any input can be
viewed as an infinite
• string of such infinitesimal segments, the impulse response can be used to determine the output of the system to any input
• Response produced by an infinitely small data segment is simply
this impulse response scaled by the magnitude of that data segment
• The contribution of each infinitely small segment can be summed, or integrated, to find the response created by all the segments
![Page 418: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/418.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 418/509
![Page 419: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/419.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 419/509
Mathematical Description of Convolution
• Stated mathematically, the output y (t ), to any input, x (t ) is given by:
• To determine the impulse of each infinitely small data segment, the
impulse response is shifted a time τwith respect to the input, then scaled
(i.e.,multiplied) by the magnitude of the input at that point in time
• It does not matter which function, the input or the impulse response, is
shifted
• Shifting and multiplication is sometimes referred to as the lag product
• For discrete signals, the integration becomes a summation and the
convolution equation becomes:
![Page 420: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/420.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 420/509
Correlation•
Word correlation conveys similarity: how one thing is like another• Mathematically, correlations are obtained by multiplying and normalizing
• Covariance and correlation use multiplication to compare the linear
relationship between two variables, but in correlation the coefficients are
normalized to fall between zero and one• Because of normalization correlation coefficients are insensitive to
variations in the gain of the data acquisition process or the scaling of the
variables
• Can be applied to
– two or more waveforms
– multiple observations of the same source
– multiple segments of the same waveform
• The correlation function is the lagged product of two waveforms:
Also called cross‐
correlation
![Page 421: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/421.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 421/509
Autocorrelation• Special case of the correlation function occurs when the
comparison is between two waveforms that are one in the same;
that is, a function is correlated with different shifts of itself
• Provides a description of how similar a waveform is to itself at
various time shifts, or time lags
• Autocorrelation function will naturally be maximum for zero lag (n =
0) because at zero lag the comparison is between identical
waveforms
• Usually the autocorrelation is scaled so that the correlation at zero
lag is 1
• Function must be symmetric about n = 0, since shifting one version
of the same waveform in the negative direction is the same as shifting the other version in the positive direction
• Related to the bandwidth of the waveform
• The sharper the peak of the autocorrelation function the broader
the bandwidth
![Page 422: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/422.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 422/509
![Page 423: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/423.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 423/509
Cross‐covariance• Same as cross‐correlation function except that the means
have been removed from the data before calculation
• The terms correlation and covariance, when used alone (i.e.,
without the term function result into a single number
![Page 424: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/424.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 424/509
Covariance and Correlation Matrices
• Can be applied to multivariate data where multiple responses,
or observations, are obtained from a single process
• The covariance and correlation matrices assume that the multivariate data are arranged in a matrix where the columns
are different variables and the rows are different observations
of those variables
• In signal processing, the rows are the waveform time samples, and the columns are the different signal channels or
observations of the signal
• The covariance matrix gives the variance of the columns of the
data matrix in the diagonals while the covariance between
columns is given by the off ‐diagonals
![Page 425: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/425.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 425/509
• Correlation matrix is related to the covariance matrix by the
equation:
• The correlation matrix is a set of correlation coefficients between waveform observations or channels and has a similar
positional relationship as in the covariance matrix
• Since the diagonals in the correlation matrix give the
correlation of a given variable or waveform with itself, they will
all equal 1 (rxx(0) = 1), and the off ‐diagonals will vary between
± 1
![Page 426: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/426.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 426/509
SAMPLING THEORY AND FINITE DATA
CONSIDERATIONS
• To convert an analog waveform into a digitized version:
– sampling the waveform at discrete points in time
– if the waveform is longer than the computer memory, isolating a segment of the analog waveform for the conversion‐(windowing)
• The “Shannon Sampling Theorem” states that any sinusoidal waveform can be uniquely reconstructed provided it is
sampled at least twice in one period
• The sampling frequency, f s, must be ≥ 2 f sinusoid
• Shannon’s Sampling Theorem states that a continuous waveform can be reconstructed without loss of information provided the sampling frequency is greater than twice the highest frequency in the analog waveform:
![Page 427: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/427.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 427/509
Sampling function
• The sampling process is equivalent to multiplying the analog waveform by a repeating series of short pulses
• This repeating series of short pulses is sometimes referred to
as the sampling function
• The sampling function can be stated mathematically using the
impulse response
where Ts is the sample interval and equals 1/f s
• For an analog waveform, x(t), the sampled version, x(n), is
given by multiplying x(t) by the sampling function:
![Page 428: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/428.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 428/509
Effects of sampling•
Multiplication in the time domain is equivalent to convolution in frequency domain (and vice versa)
• Hence, the frequency
characteristic of a sampled waveform is just the convolution of the analog waveform spectrum with the sampling function
spectrum• It would be possible to
recover the original spectrum simply by filtering the sampled data by an
ideal low‐pass filter with a bandwidth > f max
CONV
![Page 429: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/429.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 429/509
Aliasing
• Spectrum that results if the digitized data were sampled at f s < 2 f max, in this case f s = 1.5 f max
• The reflected portion of the spectrum has
become intermixed with the original
spectrum, and no filter can unmix them
• When f s < 2 f max, the sampled data suffers
from spectral overlap,better known as
aliasing
• The sampled data no longer provides a unique representation of the analog
waveform, and recovery is not possible
• Aliasing must be avoided either by :
• use of very high sampling rates—rates
that are well above the bandwidth of the
analog system
• or by filtering the analog signal before
analog‐to‐digital conversion
Anti‐aliasing filters
![Page 430: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/430.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 430/509
ExampleAn ECG signal of 1 volt peak‐to‐peak has a bandwidth of 0.01 to 100 Hz.
Assume that broadband noise may be present in the signal at about 0.1 volts
(i.e., −20 db below the nominal signal level). This signal is filtered using a four‐
pole low‐pass filter. What sampling frequency is required to ensure that the
error due to aliasing is less than −60 db (0.001 volts)?
The noise at the sampling frequency must be reduced another 40 db (20 * log (0.1/0.001)) by the four‐pole filter. A four‐pole filter with a
cutoff of 100 Hz (required to meet the fidelity requirements of the ECG signal) would attenuate the waveform at a rate of 80 db per decade. For a four‐pole filter the asymptotic attenuation is given as:
Attenuation = 80 log( f 2/ f c) db
To achieve the required additional 40 db of attenuation required by the problem from a four‐pole filter:
80 log( f 2/ fc) = 40 log( f 2/ fc) = 40/80 = 0.5
f 2/ fc = 10.5 =; f2 = 3.16 × 100 = 316 Hz
Thus to meet the sampling criterion, the sampling frequency must be at
least 632 Hz, twice the frequency at which the noise is adequately attenuated
![Page 431: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/431.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 431/509
• Unfortunately, in order for this impulse function to produce an ideal filter,
it must be infinitely long• However if fs >> f max, as is often the case, then any reasonable low‐pass
filter would suffice to recover the original waveform
• Recovery of a waveform when the sampling frequency is much muchgreater that twice the highest frequency in the sampled waveform (fs =
10fmax) is easier with practical LPF
• In this case, the low‐pass filter (dotted line) need not have as sharp a
cutoff.
![Page 432: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/432.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 432/509
Edge Effects• Advantage of dealing with infinite data is that one
need not be concerned with the end points• Finite data consist of numerical sequences having
a fixed length with fixed end points at the
beginning and end of the sequence• Some operations, such as convolution, may
produce additional data points while some operations will require additional data points to complete their operation on the data set
• How to add or eliminate data points?
![Page 433: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/433.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 433/509
Extending data length• Three common strategies for extending a data set when
additional points are needed:
– extending with zeros (or a constant), termed zero padding;
– extending using periodicity or wraparound ;
– extending by reflection, also known as symmetric extension
• In the zero padding approach, zeros are added to the end or
beginning of the data sequence
• This approach is frequently used in spectral analysis and is justified by the implicit assumption that the waveform is zero outside of the sample period anyway
• A variant of zero padding is constant padding, where the data sequence is extended using a constant value, often the last (or first) value in the sequence
![Page 434: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/434.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 434/509
• If the waveform can be reasonably thought of as one
cycle of a periodic function, then the wraparoundapproach is clearly justified data are extended by tacking on the initial data sequence to the end of the data set and visa versa
• This is quite easy to implement numerically: simply make all operations involving the data sequence index modulo N, where N is the initial length of the data set
• These two approaches will, in general, produce a
discontinuity at the beginning or end of the data set, which can lead to artifact in certain situations
• The symmetric reflection approach eliminates this discontinuity by taking on the end points in reverse order (or beginning points if extending the beginning of the data sequence)
![Page 435: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/435.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 435/509
S t l A l i Cl i l M th d
![Page 436: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/436.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 436/509
Spectral Analysis: Classical Methods• Many biological signals demonstrate interesting or diagnostically useful properties
when viewed in the so called frequency domain,
E.g. heart rate, EMG, EEG, ECG,
eye movements and other motor responses, acoustic heart sounds, and stomach
and intestinal sounds
• Determining the frequency content of a waveform is termed spectral analysis
• Methods can be divided into two broad categories
– classical methods based on the Fourier transform
– modern methods such as those based on the estimation of model parameters
• The accurate determination of the waveform’s spectrum requires that the signal
be periodic, or of finite length, and noise‐free
• But many biological signals are
– either infinite or of sufficient length that only a portion of it is available for
analysis
– often corrupted by substantial amounts of noise or artifact
• All spectral analysis techniques must necessarily be approximate; they are
estimates of the true spectrum
• The various spectral analysis approaches attempt to improve the estimation
accuracy of specific spectral features
![Page 437: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/437.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 437/509
• Two spectral features of potential interest are: – the overall shape of the spectrum, termed the spectral estimate,
and/or
– local features of the spectrum sometimes referred to as parametric estimates
• Techniques that provide good spectral estimation are poor
local estimators and vice versa
THE FOURIER TRANSFORM FOURIER SERIES ANALYSIS
![Page 438: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/438.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 438/509
THE FOURIER TRANSFORM: FOURIER SERIES ANALYSIS
• Classical Fourier transform (FT) method is the most straightforward for spectral
estimate
• Any periodic waveform can be represented by a series of sinusoids that are at the
same frequency as, or multiples of, the waveform frequency
• If a waveform can be broken down into a series of sines or cosines of different
frequencies, the amplitude of these sinusoids must be proportional to the frequency component contained in the waveform at those frequencies
• Consider the case where sines and cosines are used to represent the frequency
components: to find the appropriate amplitude of these components it is only
necessary to correlate (i.e., multiply) the waveform with the sine and cosine family,
and average (i.e., integrate) over the complete waveform (or one period if the waveform is periodic)
where T is the period or time length of the
waveform , f T = 1/T , and m is set of
integers, possibly infinite: m = 1, 2, 3, . . . ,
defining the family member.
This gives rise to a family of sines and cosines
having harmonically related frequencies,
mf T
F i i l i bi f i i hi h h f il
![Page 439: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/439.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 439/509
• Fourier series analysis uses a probing function in which the family consists of harmonically related sinusoids
• The sines and cosines in this family have valid frequencies only at values of m/T , which is either the same frequency as the waveform (when m = 1) or higher multiples (when m > 1) that are termed harmonics
• Since this approach represents waveforms by harmonically related
sinusoids, the approach is sometimes referred to as harmonic decomposition
• For periodic functions, the Fourier transform and Fourier series
constitute a bilateral transform: the Fourier transform can be applied to a waveform to get the sinusoidal components and the Fourier series sine and cosine components can be summed to reconstruct the original waveform:
…. (1)
![Page 440: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/440.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 440/509
Two periodic functions and their approximations constructed from a
limited series of sinusoids.
Upper graphs: A square wave is approximated by a series of 3 and 6 sine waves.
Lower graphs: A triangle wave is approximated by a series of 3 and 6 cosine
waves
![Page 441: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/441.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 441/509
• Spectral information is usually presented as a frequency plot,
a plot of sine and cosine amplitude vs. component number, or the equivalent frequency
• To convert from component number, m, to frequency, f , note
that f = m/T , where T is the period of the fundamental.
• In digitized signals, the sampling frequency can also be used
to determine the spectral frequency
• Rather than plot sine and cosine amplitudes, it is more
intuitive to plot the amplitude and phase angle of a sinusoidal wave using the rectangular‐to‐polar transformation
![Page 442: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/442.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 442/509
•
A triangle or sawtooth wave (left) and the first 10 terms of its Fourier series (right)
• Note that the terms become quite small after the second term
Symmetry
![Page 443: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/443.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 443/509
Symmetry• Some waveforms are symmetrical or anti‐symmetrical about t
= 0, so that one or the other of the components, a(k ) or b(k ) in
Eq. (1), will be zero
• If the waveform has mirror symmetry about t = 0, that is, x (t )
= x (−t ), then multiplications by a sine functions will be zero irrespective of the frequency, and this will cause all b(k ) terms
to be zeros
• Such mirror symmetry functions are termed even functions
• If the function has anti‐symmetry, x (t ) = − x (t ), a so‐called odd
function, then all multiplications with cosines of any
frequency will be zero, causing all a(k ) coefficients to be zero
• Functions that have half ‐wave symmetry will have no even
coefficients, and both a(k ) and b(k ) will be zero for even m
• These symmetries are useful for reducing the complexity of
solving for the coefficients when such computations are done
manually
![Page 444: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/444.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 444/509
Function Symmetries
R l Wi d
![Page 445: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/445.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 445/509
Rectangular Window
• The digitized waveform must necessarily be truncated at least
to the length of the memory storage array
• This process is called windowing
• The windowing process can be thought of as multiplying the
data by some window shape
• If the waveform is simply truncated and no further shaping is
performed on the resultant digitized waveform (as is often the case), then the window shape is rectangular by default
• Other shapes can be imposed on the data by multiplying the
digitized waveform by the desired shape
• Windowing creates some effects (to be discussed later!)
Another representation of Fourier series
![Page 446: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/446.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 446/509
p• The equations for computing Fourier series analysis of digitized data are
the same as for continuous data except the integration is replaced by summation
• Equations are presented using complex variables notation so that both the sine and cosine terms can be represented by a single exponential term using Euler’s identity
• Discrete Fourier transform becomes:
where N is the total number of points and m indicates the family member,
i.e., the harmonic number (m must now be allowed to be both positive
and negative when used in complex notation)
• The inverse Fourier transform can be calculated as:
• gives the magnitude for the sinusoidal representation
![Page 447: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/447.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 447/509
• gives the magnitude for the sinusoidal representation
of the Fourier series while the angle of X (m) gives the phase angle for this representation, since X (m) can also be written as
• The discrete Fourier transform produces a function of m
• To convert this to frequency note that:
where f 1 ≡ f T is the fundamental frequency, T s is the sample interval; f s is the
sample frequency; N is the number of points in the waveform; and T P = NT s is
the period of the waveform
• The equation for the discrete Fourier transform can also be written as:
Fourier Transform For Aperiodic Functions
![Page 448: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/448.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 448/509
Fourier Transform For Aperiodic Functions
• If the function is not periodic, it can still be accurately decomposed into sinusoids if it is
aperiodic; that is, it exists only for a well‐defined
period of time, and that time period is fully represented by the digitized waveform
• The sinusoidal components can exist at all
frequencies, not just multiple frequencies or harmonics
• The analysis procedure is the same as for a periodic
function, except that the frequencies obtained are really only samples along a continuous frequency
spectrum
![Page 449: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/449.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 449/509
• The frequency
spectrum of a
periodic triangle
wave for three
different periods• As the period
gets longer,
approaching an
aperiodic
function, the
spectral shape
does not change,
but the points get
closer together
Frequency Resolution
![Page 450: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/450.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 450/509
Frequency Resolution•
From the discrete Fourier series equation , the number of points produced by the operation is N, the number of points in the data set
• Since the spectrum produced is symmetrical about the midpoint, N/2 (or fs/2 in frequency), only half the points contain unique
information• If the sampling time is T s, then each point in the spectra represents
a frequency increment of 1/(NT s)
• As a rough approximation, the frequency resolution of the spectra will be the same as the frequency spacing, 1/(NT s)
• Frequency spacing of the spectrum produced by the Fourier transform can be decreased by increasing the length of the data, N
• Increasing the sample interval, T s, should also improve the frequency resolution, but since that means a decrease in f s, the
maximum frequency in the spectra, f s /2 is reduced limiting the spectral range
• One simple way of increasing N even after the waveform has been sampled is to use zero padding
Truncated Fourier Analysis: Data Windowing
![Page 451: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/451.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 451/509
Truncated Fourier Analysis: Data Windowing
• Often, a waveform is neither periodic or aperiodic, but a segment of a much longer—possibly infinite—time series (E.g.
ECG)
•
Only a portion of such waveforms can be represented in the finite memory of the computer, and some attention must be
paid to how the waveform is truncated
• Types of windowing used:
– Rectangular
– Barlett (Triangular)
– Hamming
– Hanning
– Truncated Gaussian
![Page 452: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/452.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 452/509
Window Functions (a.k.a. Tapering Functions)
![Page 453: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/453.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 453/509
Rectangular
Barlett (Triangular)
Hamming
Hanning
Gaussian
Effects of windowing
![Page 454: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/454.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 454/509
• When a data set is windowed, which is essential if the data set is larger than the memory storage, then the frequency characteristics of the window become part of the spectral result
• Thus all windows produce two types of artifact
• The actual spectrum is widened by an artifact termed the main lobe, and additional peaks are generated termed the side
lobes
![Page 455: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/455.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 455/509
Selecting the Window Function
![Page 456: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/456.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 456/509
Selecting the Window Function
• Selecting the appropriate window, depends on what spectral
features are of interest
• If the task is to resolve two narrowband signals closely spaced in
frequency, then a window with the narrowest mainlobe (the rectangular window) is preferred
• If there is a strong and a weak signal spaced a moderate distance
apart, then a window with rapidly decaying sidelobes is preferred to
prevent the sidelobes of the strong signal from overpowering the weak signal
• If there are two moderate strength signals, one close and the other
more distant from a weak signal, then a compromise window with
a moderately narrow mainlobe and a moderate decay in sidelobes
could be the best choice
• Often the most appropriate window is selected by trial and error
Power Spectrum
![Page 457: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/457.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 457/509
p
• The power spectrum is commonly defined as the Fourier
transform of the autocorrelation function
• In continuous and discrete notation, the power spectrum
equation becomes:
• Since the autocorrelation function has odd symmetry, the sine
terms, b(k) will all be zero
Power Spectrum (Direct Approach)
![Page 458: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/458.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 458/509
• The direct approach is motivated by the fact that the energy contained in
an analog signal, x (t ), is related to the magnitude of the signal squared,
integrated over time
• By an extension of Parseval’s theorem it is easy to show that
Parseval’s Theorem: The sum (or integral) of the square of a function is
equal to the sum (or integral) of the square of its transform
• Hence equals the energy density function over frequency, also
referred to as the energy spectral density, the power spectral density, or simply the power spectrum
• In the direct approach, the power spectrum is calculated as the
magnitude squared of the Fourier transform of the waveform of interest:
Periodogram
![Page 459: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/459.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 459/509
g• While the power spectrum can be evaluated by applying the
FFT to the entire waveform, averaging is often used,
particularly when the available waveform is only a sample of a
longer signal
• In such very common situations, power spectrum evaluation
is necessarily an estimation process, and averaging improves
the statistical properties of the result
• When the power spectrum is based on a direct application of the Fourier transform followed by averaging, it is commonly
referred to as an average periodogram
• Selection of data window and averaging strategy is usually
based on experimentation with the actual data
• Averaging is usually achieved by dividing the waveform into a
number of segments, possibly overlapping, and evaluating the
Fourier transform on each of these segments
Welch method of spectral analysis
![Page 460: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/460.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 460/509
Welch method of spectral analysis
• One of the most popular procedures to evaluate the average
periodogram is attributed to Welch and is a modification of
the segmentation scheme originally developed by Bartlett
• In this approach, overlapping segments are used, and a
window is applied to each segment
• By overlapping segments, more segments can be averaged for
a given segment and data length• Averaged periodograms obtained from noisy data traditionally
average spectra from half ‐overlapping segments; that is,
segments that overlap by 50%.
![Page 461: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/461.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 461/509
• A waveform is divided into three segments with a 50% overlap between each
segment
• In the Welch method of spectral analysis, the Fourier transform of each
segment would be computed separately, and an average of the three
transforms would provide the output
Digital Filters
![Page 462: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/462.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 462/509
• Filters are closely related to spectral analysis since the goal of filtering is to reshape the spectrum to one’s advantage
• Most noise is broadband (the broadest band noise being white noise with a flat spectrum) and most signals are
narrowband; hence, filters that appropriately reshape a waveform’s spectrum will almost always provide some improvement in SNR
• A basic filter can be viewed as a linear process in which the
input signal’s spectrum is reshaped in some well‐defined manner
• Filters differ in the way they achieve this spectral reshaping, and can be classified into two groups based on their
approach: – finite impulse response (FIR) filters
– infinite impulse response (IIR) filters
THE Z‐TRANSFORM
![Page 463: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/463.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 463/509
• Frequency‐based analysis introduced in the last chapter is a most useful tool for analyzing systems cannot be applied to transient responses of infinite length, such as step functions, or systems with nonzero initial conditions
• Motivated the development of the Laplace transform
in the analog
domain
• Laplace analysis uses the complex variable s (s = σ + j ω) as a representation of complex frequency in place of j ω in the Fourier
transform• The Z ‐transform is a digital operation analogous to the Laplace
transform in the analog domain, and it is used in a similar manner
• The Z‐transform is based around the complex variable, z, where z is
an arbitrary complex number, e j ω
• This variable is also termed the complex frequency, and as with its time domain counterpart, the Laplace variable s, it is possible to substitute e j ω for z to perform a strictly sinusoidal analysis
If is set to 1, then z = e jω
. This is called evaluating z on the unit circle
• The Z‐transform(similar to the Fourier transform equation) is:
![Page 464: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/464.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 464/509
where z = an arbitrary complex variable
• Probing function for this transform is simply z−n
• In any real application, the limit of the summation will be finite, usually the length of x (n)
• When identified with a data sequence, such as x (n) above, z−n
represents an interval shift of n samples, or an associated
time shift of nT s seconds
• This time shifting property of z−n can be formally stated as:
The time shifting characteristic of the Z‐
transform can be used to define a unit
delay process, z−1
Digital Transfer Function
![Page 465: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/465.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 465/509
Digital Transfer Function
• Most useful applications of the Z‐transform lies in its ability to define the digital equivalent of a transfer function
• By analogy to linear system analysis, the digital transfer function is defined as:
• Unlike analog systems, the order of the numerator, N, need
not be less than, or equal to, the order of the denominator, D, for stability
• In fact, systems that have a denominator order of 1 are more
stable that those having higher order denominators
• From the digital transfer function, H(z), it is possible to
determine the output given any input
![Page 466: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/466.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 466/509
determine the output given any input
• The input–output or difference equation analogous to the
time domain equation and can be obtained by applying the
time shift interpretation to the term z−n
equation assumes that a(0) = 1
• Filter design, then, is simply the determination of the
appropriate filter coefficients, a(n) and b(n), that provide the
desired spectral shaping
• If the frequency spectrum of H ( z) is desired, it can be
obtained from a modification substituting z = ejω as:
![Page 467: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/467.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 467/509
obtained from a modification ‐substituting z = e j ω as:
• Frequency can be obtained from the variable m by multiplying
by f s/N or 1/(NT s )
FINITE IMPULSE RESPONSE (FIR) FILTERS• FIR filters have transfer functions that have only numerator
![Page 468: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/468.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 468/509
y
coefficients, i.e., H(z) = B(z)• This leads to an impulse response that is finite
• Merits:
–
stable – linear phase shifts
– have initial transients that are of finite durations
– their extension to 2‐dimensional applications is straightforward
• Demerits:
– less efficient in terms of computer time and memory
• FIR filters are also referred to as nonrecursive because only
the input (not the output) is used in the filter algorithm• FIR filtering has also been referred to as a moving
average process
• The general equation for an FIR filter is: Similar to convolution
![Page 469: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/469.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 469/509
where b(n) is the coefficient function (also referred to as the weighting
function) of length L, x(n) is the input, and y(n) is the output
• Filter coefficients (or weights) of an FIR filter are the same as the
impulse response of the filter
• Since the frequency response of a process having an impulse
response h(n) is simply the Fourier transform of h(n), the frequency
response of an FIR filter having coefficients b(n) is just the Fourier
transform of b(n):
• The inverse operation, going from a desired frequency response to the coefficient function, b(n), is known as filter design
• Since the frequency response is the Fourier transform of the filter
coefficients, the coefficients can be found from the inverse Fourier
transform of the desired frequency response
FIR Filter Design
![Page 470: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/470.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 470/509
• The ideal lowpass filter is a rectangular window in
the frequency domain
• The inverse Fourier transform of a rectangular
window function is:
where f c is the cutoff frequency; T s is the sample interval in
seconds; and L is the length of the filter.The argument, n − L/2, is used to make the coefficient
function symmetrical giving the filter linear phase
characteristics
Filter function
![Page 471: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/471.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 471/509
•
FFT of this function is same as an impulse response
• This coefficient function must be infinitely long to produce
the filter characteristics of an ideal filter
• Truncating it will result in a
lowpass filter that is less than ideal
Effects of b(n) truncation with rectangular
![Page 472: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/472.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 472/509
window
• The weighting functions were abruptly truncated at 17 and 65 coefficients (rectangular window)
• The artifacts associated with this truncation are clearly seen
• The lowpass cutoff frequency is 100 Hz
Effects of b(n) truncation with
![Page 473: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/473.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 473/509
Hamming window
• The overshoot in the passband has disappeared and the oscillations
are barely visible in the plot
Highpass, Bandpass, and Bandstop
![Page 474: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/474.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 474/509
filters• Are derived in the same manner from equations generated by
applying an inverse FT to rectangular structures having the
appropriate associated shape
![Page 475: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/475.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 475/509
MATLAB Demo LPF FIR Design
Steps for Designing FIR Filters
![Page 476: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/476.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 476/509
p g g
• Given: f s,( f C or f H and f L)
• Choose the appropriate filter (LPF,HPF,BP,BS)
• Select the filter length L
• Compute b(n) using filter formula(length: L+1)
• Check the filter spectrum by using FT of b(n)
• Convolve the input x(n) with b(n) to obtain
the output y(n)
Derivative Operation
![Page 477: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/477.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 477/509
• The derivative is a common operation in signal processing and is particularly useful in analyzing certain physiological signals
• Digital differentiation is defined as Δ x /Δt and can be implemented by taking the difference between two adjacent points, scaling by 1/T s, and repeating this operation along the entire waveform
• As FIR filter this is equivalent to a two coefficient filter, [−1, +1]/T s,
•
The frequency characteristic of the derivative operation is a linear increase with frequency so there is
• Considerable gain at the higher frequencies
• Since the higher frequencies frequently contain a greater percentage of noise, this operation tends to produce a noisy
derivative curve hence we use two‐point central difference algorithm
The Two‐Point Central Difference Algorithm
•
![Page 478: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/478.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 478/509
• The two‐point central difference algorithm uses two
coefficients of equal but opposite value spaced L points apart,
as defined by the input–output equation:
where L is the skip factor that influences the effective bandwidth, and
T s is the sample interval
• The filter coefficients for the two‐point central difference
algorithm would be:
Frequency characteristic of the derivative
![Page 479: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/479.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 479/509
operationIdeal
FIR implementation
![Page 480: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/480.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 480/509
(A) The derivative was calculated by taking the difference in adjacent points and scaling by the sample frequency.
(B) The derivative was computed using the two‐point central difference algorithm with a skip factor of 4
Time‐Frequency Analysis• Spectral analysis techniques developed thus far represent powerful signal
![Page 481: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/481.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 481/509
processing tools if one is not especially concerned with signal timing• Classical or modern spectral methods provide a complete and appropriate
solution for waveforms that are stationary; that is, waveforms that do not
change in their basic properties over the length of the analysis
• Many waveforms—particularly those of biological origin–are not stationary, and change substantially in their properties over time
• Fourier analysis provides a good description of the frequencies in a
waveform, but not their timing
• Timing is encoded in the phase portion of the transform, and this
encoding is difficult to interpret and recover
• In the Fourier transform, specific events in time are distributed across all
of the phase components
•
A local feature in time has been transformed into a global feature in phase
• Timing information is often of primary interest in many biomedical signals,
and this is also true for medical images where the analogous inf ormation
is localized in space
Methods
![Page 482: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/482.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 482/509
• A wide range of approaches have been
developed to try to extract both time and frequency information from a waveform
• Basically they can be divided into two groups:
– time–frequency methods
– time–scale methods (wavelet analysis)
Short‐Term Fourier Transform: The
![Page 483: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/483.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 483/509
Spectrogram• The first time–frequency methods were based on the
straightforward approach of slicing the waveform of interest into a number of short segments and performing the analysis on each of these segments, usually using the standard Fourier transform
• A window function is applied to a segment of data, effectively isolating that segment from the overall
waveform, and the Fourier transform is applied to that segment
• This is termed the spectrogram or “short‐term Fourier transform” (STFT) since the Fourier Transform is applied to
a segment of data that is shorter, often much shorter, than the overall waveform
• Selecting the most appropriate window length can be critical
• The basic equation for the spectrogram in the continuous domain is:
![Page 484: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/484.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 484/509
where w(t‐τ) is the window function and τ is the variable that
slides the window across the waveform, x(t)
• The discrete version
• There are two main problems with the spectrogram:
(1) selecting an optimal window length for data segments
that contain several different features may not be possible,
(2) the time–frequency tradeoff: shortening the data length, N, to improve time resolution will reduce frequency
resolution which is approximately 1/(NTs)
• If window is made smaller to improve the time resolution, then the frequency resolution is degraded and visa versa
• Thi ti f t d ff h b t d t
![Page 485: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/485.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 485/509
• This time–frequency tradeoff has been equated to an uncertainty principle where the product of frequency resolution (expressed as bandwidth, B) and time, T , must be greater than some minimum
• STFT has been used successfully in a wide variety of problems, particularly those where only high frequency components are of interest and frequency resolution is not critical
• The area of speech processing has benefitted considerably from the application of the STFT
• Where appropriate, the STFT is a simple solution that rests on
a well understood classical theory (i.e., the Fourier transform) and is easy to interpret
![Page 486: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/486.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 486/509
![Page 487: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/487.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 487/509
![Page 488: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/488.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 488/509
Wavelet Analysis
![Page 489: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/489.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 489/509
• Inability of the Fourier transform to describe both time and frequency characteristics of the
waveform led to a number of different approaches
• The wavelet transform can be used as yet another way to describe the properties of a waveform that changes over time, but in this case the waveform is divided not into sections
of time, but segments of scale
THE CONTINUOUS WAVELET TRANSFORM
• A variety of different probing functions may be used, but the family always
consists of enlarged or compressed versions of the basic function as well
![Page 490: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/490.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 490/509
consists of enlarged or compressed versions of the basic function, as well as translations
• Continuous wavelet transform (CWT) equation is defined as:
where b acts to translate the function across x(t) just as t and the variable
a acts to vary the time scale of the probing function, ψ
• If a is greater than one, the wavelet function, ψ, is stretched along the time axis, and if it is less than one (but still positive) it contacts the
function
• Negative values of a simply flip the probing function on the time axis
•
Probing function ψ could be any of a number of different functions, but it always takes on an oscillatory form, hence the term “wavelet”
• The * indicates the operation of complex conjugation, and the
normalizing factor l/ ensures that the energy is the same for all values
of a (all values of b as well, since translations do not alter wavelet energy)
• If b = 0, and a = 1, then the wavelet is in its natural form,
which is termed the mother wavelet ; that is, ψ1,0 (t) ≡ ψ(t)
![Page 491: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/491.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 491/509
• The wavelet shown is the popular Morlet wavelet, named after a
pioneer of wavelet analysis, and is defined by the equation
• Wavelet coefficients, W (a,b), describe the correlation between the waveform and the wavelet at various
translations and scales: the
similarity
between
the
waveform
and the wavelet at a given combination of scale and position
![Page 492: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/492.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 492/509
translations and scales: the similarity between the waveformand the wavelet at a given combination of scale and position, a,b
• Coefficients provide the amplitudes of a series of wavelets,
over a range of scales and translations, that would need to be added together to reconstruct the original signal
• Wavelet analysis can be thought of as a search over the waveform of interest for activity that most clearly
approximates the shape of the wavelet• This search is carried out over a range of wavelet sizes: the
time span of the wavelet varies although its shape remains the same
• Wavelet coefficients respond to changes in the waveform, more strongly to changes on the same scale as the wavelet, and most strongly, to changes that resemble the wavelet
• If the wavelet function, ψ(t ), is appropriately chosen, then it is
possible to reconstruct the original waveform from the
wavelet coefficients just as in the Fourier transform
![Page 493: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/493.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 493/509
wavelet coefficients just as in the Fourier transform• As CWT decomposes the waveform into coefficients of two
variables, a and b, a double summation (or integration) is
required to recover the original signal from the coefficients
Wavelet Time–Frequency Characteristics
• Wavelets provide a compromise in the battle between time and frequency
localization: they are well localized in both time and frequency, but not precisely localized in either
![Page 494: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/494.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 494/509
y q y,precisely localized in either
• Measure of the time range of a specific wavelet, Δt ψ, can be specified by the square root of the second moment of a given wavelet about its time center (i.e., its first moment)
In mathematics, a moment is, loosely speaking, a quantitative measure of the shape of a
set of points. The "second moment", for example, is widely used and measures the
"width" (in a particular sense) of a set of points in one dimension or in higher dimensions measures the shape of a cloud of points as it could be fit by an ellipsoid. Other moments
describe other aspects of a distribution such as how the distribution is skewed from its
mean, or peaked. Any distribution can be characterized by a number of features (such as
the mean, the variance, the skewness, etc.), and the moments of a function describe the
nature of its distribution
where t 0 is the center time, or first moment of
the wavelet
• Similarly the frequency range, Δωψ, is given by:
![Page 495: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/495.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 495/509
where Ψ ( ω ) is the frequency domain representation (i.e., Fourier
transform) of ψ(t/a), and ω0 is the center frequency of Ψ ( ω )
• The time and frequency ranges of a given family can be
obtained from the mother wavelet
For Mexican hat wavelet
![Page 496: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/496.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 496/509
• The frequency range, or bandwidth, would be the range of the mother
Wavelet divided by a:
Δωψ(a) = Δωψ /
• If we multiply the frequency range by the time range, the a’s cancel and
![Page 497: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/497.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 497/509
e u t p y t e eque cy a ge by t e t e a ge, t e a s ca ce a d
we are left with a constant that is the product of the constants
• Product of the ranges is invariant to dilation and that the ranges are inversely
related; increasing the frequency range, Δωψ(a), decreases the time range,
Δtψ(a)
• These ranges correlate to the time and frequency resolution of the CWT• Decreasing the wavelet time range (by decreasing a ) provides a more
accurate assessment of time characteristics (i.e., the ability to separate out
close events in time) at the expense of frequency resolution, and vice versa
•
CWT will provide better frequency resolution when a is large and the length of the wavelet (and its effective time window) is long
• Conversely, when a is small, the wavelet is short and the time resolution is
maximum, but the wavelet only responds to high frequency components
x(t) Mother
wavelet
![Page 498: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/498.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 498/509
CWT
![Page 499: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/499.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 499/509
CWT representations allow
detecting the fiducial points for ECG
THE DISCRETE WAVELET TRANSFORM
• The CWT has one serious problem: it is highly redundant.
• The CWT provides an oversampling of the original waveform: many ffi i d h ll d d
![Page 500: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/500.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 500/509
more coefficients are generated than are actually needed to
uniquely specify the signal
• Will be costly if the application calls for recovery of the original
signal
• For recovery, all of the coefficients will be required and the
computational effort could be excessive
•
In applications that require bilateral transformations, we would prefer a transform that produces the minimum number of
coefficients required to recover accurately the original signal
• The discrete wavelet transform (DWT) achieves this by restricting
the variation in translation and scale, usually to powers of 2• When the scale is changed in powers of 2, the discrete wavelet
transform is sometimes termed the dyadic wavelet transform
• The DWT is often introduced in terms of its recovery transform
![Page 501: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/501.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 501/509
Here k is related to a as: a = 2k ; b is related to as b = 2k ; and d(k, ) is
a sampling of W(a,b) at discrete points k and
.
• New concept is introduced termed the scaling function, a function that
facilitates computation of the DWT
• To implement the DWT efficiently, the finest resolution is computed first
• The computation then proceeds to coarser resolutions, but rather than
start over on the original waveform, the computation uses a smoothed
version of the fine resolution waveform
• This smoothed version is obtained with the help of the scaling function
• Actually, the scaling function is sometimes referred to as the smoothing
function
• The definition of the scaling function uses a dilation or a two‐
scale difference
equation:
![Page 502: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/502.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 502/509
where c(n) is a series of scalars that defines the specific scaling
function
• In the DWT, the wavelet itself can be defined from the scaling
function:
where d(n) is a series of scalars that are related to the waveform x(t)
Filter Banks•
For most signal and image processing applications, DWT‐based analysis is best described in terms of filter banks
![Page 503: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/503.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 503/509
y
• The use of a group of filters to divide up a signal into various
spectral components is termed subband coding.
• The most basic implementation of the DWT uses only two
filters
• The waveform under analysis is divided into two components, y lp(n) and y hp(n), by the digital filters H0(ω) and H1(ω)
• The spectral characteristics of the two filters must be carefully chosen with H0(ω) having a lowpass spectral characteristic and H (ω) a highpass spectral characteristic
![Page 504: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/504.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 504/509
H1(ω) a highpass spectral characteristic
• The highpass filter is analogous to the application of the wavelet to the original signal, while the lowpass filter is analogous to the application of the scaling or smoothing function
• The original signal can often be recovered, but both subband signals will required
• A second pair of filters, G0(ω) and G1(ω), operate on the high and lowpass subband signals and their sum is used to reconstruct a
close approximation of the original signal, x ’(t )• The Filter Bank that decomposes the original signal is usually
termed the analysis filters while the filter bank that reconstructs the signal is termed the syntheses filters
• FIR filters are used throughout because they are inherently stable and easier to implement
![Page 505: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/505.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 505/509
• If the output is essentially the same, as occurs in some data compression applications, the process is termed lossless, otherwise it is a lossy operation
• Problem is that data samples get doubled hence we use downsamplingillustrated schemacally by the symbol ↓ 2
• If downsampling is used, then there must be some method for recovering the missing data samples (those with odd indices) in order to reconstruct the original signal
• An operation termed upsampling (indicated by the symbol ↑ 2) accomplishes this operation by replacing the missing points with zeros
![Page 506: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/506.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 506/509
Signal Decomposition
• For most of the signal analyses,
the DWT operation takes the
![Page 507: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/507.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 507/509
the DWT operation takes the
form of logarithmic tree
• The bandwidth of the signal is
halved after each level of decomposition also it is more
appropriate to describe the
frequency in radians in the
discrete domain
•
Effectively the resolution of the signal, which is the amount of
detail information in the signal,
is changed by the filtering
operations and the scale is
increased by downsamplingoperations
Denoising
• Processing is done on the subband signals before
![Page 508: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/508.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 508/509
• Processing is done on the subband signals before reconstruction
• The basic assumption in this application is that the noise is coded into small fluctuations in the higher resolution (i.e., more detailed) highpass subbands
• This noise can be selectively reduced by eliminating the smaller sample values in the higher resolution highpass
subbands• The two highest resolution highpass subbands are
examined and data points below some threshold are zeroed out
• The threshold is set to be equal to the variance of the highpass subbands
![Page 509: Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12](https://reader033.fdocuments.us/reader033/viewer/2022060206/5695d0f01a28ab9b02948174/html5/thumbnails/509.jpg)
7/23/2019 Biomedical Signal Processing Lectures 2011-12
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/biomedical-signal-processing-lectures-2011-12 509/509